Starcool CI5

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 223

DeZgVi^c\VcYhZgk^XZbVcjVa

HiVg8ddagZ[g^\ZgVi^dcjc^iBdYZaH8B8>)%VcYH8B8>)%L8

KZgh^dc-&%.%%7 March 2008 ###8ddaI]^c`^c\


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Preface

This version of the manual is dated March 2008, edited by Maersk Container Industri AS.
All rights reserved.
This users manual is valid for software version 0240 or newer versions.
The information herein is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment
on any part of Maersk Container Industri AS
While the information herein is assumed to be accurate, Maersk Container Industri AS assumes no
responsibility for any errors or omissions that may appear in this documentation.

Model version

This manual is valid for

Model SC - MCI40 and SC - MCI40 WC

Release Date 01.03.2008

Part number 810210A and 810200B.

Software version: 0240 - 0249

Warnings

Do not operate or maintain this refrigeration unit until you have familiarized
yourself completely with the equipment and operating of this unit by reading the
instruction in this manual.

Do not perform any welding on the unit before disconnecting the power plug.

Disconnect main power supply to unit before inspecting the interior of the con-
troller box.

The unit is charged with R134a and ester oil BSE 55. Do not use any other refrig-
erant or oil.

Do not use contaminated refrigerant or oil.

Do not release R134a into the atmosphere. Use recovery equipment according to
present legislation.

During maintenance please observe that R134a is operating with high and low
temperatures in combination with high pressures, which may cause personal
injuries if not handled properly.

During recovery and maintenance of R134a unit personal protection equipment


has to be worn.

Do not trap any liquid refrigerant inside pipes during soldering work. This may
lead to explosion of pipe.

1 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Contents

Preface ............................................................................................................................................................ 1

Warnings ......................................................................................................................................................... 1

Legend ............................................................................................................................................................ 6

General description ......................................................................................................................................... 8

Function description ....................................................................................................................................... 9

Start-up procedure ..................................................................................................................................... 9


Climate Control Function ........................................................................................................................... 10
Temperature Control ................................................................................................................................ 10
Capacity Control and Limiter ..................................................................................................................... 10
Expansion Valve ....................................................................................................................................... 11
Economizer Valve ..................................................................................................................................... 12
Dehumidification ...................................................................................................................................... 12
Condenser Fan ......................................................................................................................................... 13
Evaporator Fan ........................................................................................................................................ 13
Defrost Function ...................................................................................................................................... 13
QUEST (optional)...................................................................................................................................... 15
Tests ...................................................................................................................................................... 15
Function test ........................................................................................................................................... 16
Full PTI ................................................................................................................................................... 16
Short PTI ................................................................................................................................................ 16
Data Log ................................................................................................................................................. 16
Alarm Action System (AAS) ....................................................................................................................... 18
Temperature control ................................................................................................................................. 18
Expansion valve control ............................................................................................................................ 18
Condenser fan control............................................................................................................................... 18
Dehumidification control ........................................................................................................................... 19
Defrost control......................................................................................................................................... 19
Electrical control ...................................................................................................................................... 19

Refrigeration system data............................................................................................................................. 20

Refrigerant charge, R134a......................................................................................................................... 20


General specification ................................................................................................................................ 20
Compressor motor assembly................................................................................................................... 21
Frequency converter (FC) .......................................................................................................................... 21
High Pressure cut out switch ................................................................................................................... 21
Fusible plug, receiver ................................................................................................................................ 21
Economizer.............................................................................................................................................. 21
Evaporator coil......................................................................................................................................... 21
Condenser coil ......................................................................................................................................... 21
Evaporator fan ......................................................................................................................................... 22
Condenser fan ......................................................................................................................................... 22
Water cooled condenser (optional) ............................................................................................................. 22
Defrosting ............................................................................................................................................... 22
Fresh air exchange ................................................................................................................................... 23
Refrigeration controls ............................................................................................................................... 23
Electrical data .......................................................................................................................................... 23
Circuit Breaker ......................................................................................................................................... 23
Contactors .............................................................................................................................................. 23
Fuses ...................................................................................................................................................... 23
Power plug .............................................................................................................................................. 23
Power Cable ............................................................................................................................................ 24
USDA socket requirements ........................................................................................................................ 24

2 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Evaporator fan motor................................................................................................................................ 24


Condenser fan motor ................................................................................................................................ 24
Evaporator coil heaters ............................................................................................................................. 25
Drain pan heaters (optional) ...................................................................................................................... 25
Temperature sensors, including USDA ........................................................................................................ 25
Pressure transmitters ............................................................................................................................... 25
Miscellaneous .......................................................................................................................................... 25

User Interface ............................................................................................................................................... 26

Indicator lights......................................................................................................................................... 26
Display.................................................................................................................................................... 26

Menu overview .............................................................................................................................................. 28

General Page layout.................................................................................................................................. 29


Using the cursor....................................................................................................................................... 29
Changing a parameter value ...................................................................................................................... 29
Activating a function ................................................................................................................................. 29
Air exchange page .................................................................................................................................... 30

Operation ...................................................................................................................................................... 31

Menu Structure ........................................................................................................................................ 31


General Operation .................................................................................................................................... 32
Temperature Setting................................................................................................................................. 32

Wake-up Mode ................................................................................................................................. 32


Contrast adjustment of the display ............................................................................................................. 32

PTI or Function Test Execution ........................................................................................................... 33


Info Menu Viewing ................................................................................................................................... 36

Operation Parameter Setting ............................................................................................................. 40


Multiple Temperature Set points program, MTS ............................................................................................ 41
Cold Treatment program, CT ..................................................................................................................... 42
Alarms ................................................................................................................................................... 43

Service Function Setting/Viewing ....................................................................................................... 44


Manual operations: ................................................................................................................................... 45
Datalog view: .......................................................................................................................................... 46
Time adjust: ............................................................................................................................................ 46
Run time counters: ................................................................................................................................... 47
Configuration: .......................................................................................................................................... 48
C and F Temperature Scale Showing, Alternately ................................................................................ 49
Viewing graph of Supply and Return Temperature ................................................................................ 49
Manual Defrost Initiation ..................................................................................................................... 49
Water-cooling Activation/Deactivation ................................................................................................ 49
Emergency Operation ............................................................................................................................... 50

External interfaces ....................................................................................................................................... 51

General requirements ............................................................................................................................... 51


List of terms used for external interfaces .................................................................................................... 51
Functions overview ................................................................................................................................... 52

Location of valves ......................................................................................................................................... 53

Location of temperature sensors, humidity sensor and air exchange potentiometer ................................... 54

Location of pressure transmitters, high pressure switch and oil outlet port. ............................................... 55

General trouble shooting .............................................................................................................................. 55

Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller..................................................................................................... 56

Detailed alarm description ............................................................................................................................ 56

3 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Temperature Sensor Alarms (AL 1XX) ......................................................................................................... 61


Pressure Sensor Alarms (AL 2XX) .............................................................................................................. 89
Other Sensor Alarms (AL 3XX) ................................................................................................................... 99
Power Alarms (AL 4XX) ........................................................................................................................... 107
Frequency Converter (FC) Alarms (AL 5XX) ............................................................................................... 120
Operation Alarms (AL 6XX) ...................................................................................................................... 136
Alarms not used ..................................................................................................................................... 148
Test Alarms (AL 8XX) .............................................................................................................................. 148
Controller Alarms (AL 9XX) ...................................................................................................................... 163
Internal Voltage Reference Alarms ........................................................................................................... 169

Calibration of air exchange sensor .............................................................................................................. 188

Replacing of unit ......................................................................................................................................... 189

Replacement Evaporator motor and fan ...................................................................................................... 190

Replacement Condenser motor and fan ...................................................................................................... 191

Replacement of evaporator ......................................................................................................................... 192

Old model ............................................................................................................................................. 192


New model ............................................................................................................................................ 193

Replacement of heating elements ............................................................................................................... 194

Replacement of FC ...................................................................................................................................... 195

Replacement of compressor........................................................................................................................ 196

Replacement of compressor valve plate / cylinder head gasket ................................................................. 197

Service and maintenance ............................................................................................................................ 197

Evacuation of refrigerant......................................................................................................................... 197


Compressor pump down, operation .......................................................................................................... 198
Compressor pump down, replaced............................................................................................................ 199
Pump down of unit.................................................................................................................................. 199
Pressure Test ......................................................................................................................................... 199
Charging of refrigerant ........................................................................................................................... 200
Charging of empty unit ........................................................................................................................... 200
Charging of unit low on charge................................................................................................................. 200
Leakage detection .................................................................................................................................. 201
Fan motors ............................................................................................................................................ 201
Drying filter ........................................................................................................................................... 202
Replacing of drying filter ......................................................................................................................... 202
Compressor ........................................................................................................................................... 202
Check of oil level .................................................................................................................................... 202
Charging of oil ....................................................................................................................................... 203
Draining of oil from compressor ............................................................................................................... 203
Soldering .............................................................................................................................................. 203

Tables ......................................................................................................................................................... 204

Datalog description ................................................................................................................................ 204


Temperature Sensor [C] - Resistance Table.............................................................................................. 207
Temperature Sensor [F] - Resistance Table .............................................................................................. 208
Temperature [C] Pressure [BarE] Table R134a .................................................................................... 209
Temperature [F] Pressure [Psi] Table R134a .......................................................................................... 210
Air exchange Sensor table Voltage - m3/h ................................................................................................. 211
Relative Humidity Sensor table %RH - Voltage........................................................................................... 211
Voltage Pressure Table, Low pressure transmitter (AKS) .......................................................................... 211
Voltage Pressure Table, Low pressure transmitter (NSK) .......................................................................... 212

4 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Voltage Pressure Table, High pressure transmitter (AKS) ......................................................................... 213


Voltage Pressure Table, High pressure transmitter (NSK) ......................................................................... 214
Temperature Sensor - Voltage Table ......................................................................................................... 215
Tightening torques ................................................................................................................................. 216

Controller Unit Illustration ......................................................................................................................... 217

P & I Diagram.............................................................................................................................................. 218

Star Cool Unit, installation dimensions ....................................................................................................... 219

Overall Wiring Schematic ............................................................................................................................ 221

5 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Legend
Short name Name Pfc Power used by Frequency Coverter
AirEx Air Exchange PhDir Phase Direction
Alarm Alarm Psuc Suction Pressure
AKS Danfoss pressure transmitter Ptot Power Total
Bat Battery PTI Pre Trip Inspection
CalAex Calibration value AirEx PTI Short Pre Trip Inspection Short
CalUs1 Calibration USDA sensor 1 Pwr Power
CalUs2 Calibration USDA sensor 2 RH Relative Humidity
CalUs3 Calibration USDA sensor 3 RHset Humidity Setpoint
CalCar Calibration Cargo sensor RMM Remote Monitoring Modem
(powerline communication)
CapAct Actual capacity
CapReq Requested capacity SHTV Superheat Thermo Valve
Com Communication Shp High pressure switch
ComQ Communication Quality FC SHReq Superheat Requested
Cpr Compressor T0 Calculated Evaporator
CT Cold Treatment Temperature

FC Frequency Converter Tact Actual Temperature


Fcpr Compressor Frequency Tamb Ambient Temperature
FcprAct Compressor Frequency actual TC Calculated condenser
Temperature
FcprReq Compressor Frequency requested
Flower Compressor Frequency min. Tcargo Cargo Temperature
Fpower Power supply Frequency converter Tdis Discharge Temperature
Fref Compressor Frequency requested Tevap Evaporator Temperature
Fupper Compressor Frequency max. Tfc Frequency converter Temperature
Gear Gear Tint Tinternal (controller board)
Gnd Ground Tret Return Air Temperature
Hevap Evaporator Heater Tset Temperature Setpoint
I1 Current Phase 1 Tsuc Suction Temperature
I2 Current Phase 2 Tsup Supply Air Temperature
I3 Current Phase 3 Tsup1 Supply Air Temperature 1
Idc Current in DC Frequency Converter Tsup2 Supply Air Temperature 2
Ifc Current in AC Compressor Motor Tusda1 USDA 1 Temperature
IceMas Theoretical Ice mass in Evaporator Tusda2 USDA 2 Temperature
LED Light Emitting Diode Tusda3 USDA 3 Temperature
MaxInt Max. internal temp. controller U12 Voltage Phase 1-2
Mcpr Compressor Motor U13 Voltage Phase 1-3
McOH Condenser Motor Over Heat U23 Voltage Phase 2-3
Mcond Condenser Motor U/f Voltage/frequency ratio
Mevap Evaporator Motor Ubat Battery voltage
Mevap1 Evaporator Motor 1 Udc DC voltage in Frequency Converter
Mevap2 Evaporator Motor 2 Umean Mean Voltage = (L1+L2+L3)/3
Mevap1OH Evaporator Motor 1 overheat Umotor Mean Voltage Compressor Motor
Mevap2OH Evaporator Motor 2 overheat Veco Economizer Valve
MTS Multi Temperature Settings Vexp Expansion Valve
NSK SAGInoMIYA pressure transmitter Vhg Hotgas Valve
OprMod Operation Mode Warn Warning
PCB Printed Circuit Board
Pdis Discharge Pressure

6 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Prefix Description
F Frequency
H Heater
I Current
M Motor
P Pressure
Q Power
RH Relative humidity
S Switch / contact / key
SH Super heat
T Temperature
T0 Saturated suction tem-
perature

U Voltage
V Valve

Contraction Full name


Amb Ambient
Bat Battery
Cond Condenser
Cpr Compressor
Dis Discharge
Eco Economizer
Evap Evaporator
Fc Frequency converter
Motor Compressor motor
Pwr Power
Ret Return
Suc Suction
Sup Supply

Suffix Specification
Act Actual
In Input
OH Overheat
Out Output
Req Requested
Set Setpoint

7 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

General description

The units, models SC - MCI40 and SC - MCI40 - WC are electric powered picture
frames, cooling and heating units operating on refrigerant R134a.
The unit is designed to maintain cargo temperatures in a range from 30C (-22F) to
+30C (86F).
The unit is designed to operate in ambient temperatures from 30C (-22F) to +50C (122F).
The outer front frame is constructed of marine grade aluminium, 5000 and 6000 series, designed
to serve adequately as the container end wall.
The rear bulkhead is made of food-approved material.
The unit is designed to operate with satisfaction under sea going and environmental conditions as
specified below:

Salt laden air, sea spray and high humidity.


Rolling: Amplitude of 30each side, period of 13 seconds.
Pitching: Amplitude of 6 each side, period of 8 seconds.
Permanent list: 15 on each side.
Shock: 2g horizontal and 5g vertical.
Vibrations: Of the types encountered on ships, trucks and rails.

The unit consists of the following modules. Please see exploded view.

Frame module
Condenser / compressor module
Evaporator module
Evaporator fan module

The cooling system of the unit is equipped with a two stage compressor, electrically driven
through a FC.

The cooling system is also equipped with an economizer, which performs the task of sub-cooling
the liquid from receiver to evaporator, thereby increasing the cooling capacity of the cooling unit.
The evaporator and economizer are controlled by electronic expansion valves.

The equipment is designed to operate on a nominal 400/460V AC, 3 phase, 50/60 Hz, primary
power source.
An integrated dual winding transformer supplies the control circuit voltage. One winding for 24V
AC and another for 18V AC converted to 24V DC in the controller. The output voltage is dependent
on supply.
An automatic system, power supply sensing and correction, is provided to ensure the correct
direction of rotation for the fan motors. This is done regardless of the incoming phase sequence
from the primary power supply, provided that all fan motors are wired correctly.

An optional water-cooled condenser is mounted in series with the air-cooled condenser. This
water-cooled condenser allows operation of unit below deck, where no air ventilation is possible,
provided that water connections are present.

The unit is controlled by an electronic controller manufactured by Lodam Electronics, controlling


the supply temperature probe in chilled mode (temperature setting above or equal to 5C
(14F)) and the return temperature in the frozen mode (temperature setting below 5C (14 F)).
Controller accuracy is 0.25C (0.45F).
The unit can operate the evaporator fans in low speed and high speed. From the controller display,
Normal or Economy mode can be selected under operation menu.
In economy mode the fans allways run on low speed. In normal mode the fan speed can run in
high or low speed depending on running conditions.

The air from the unit is delivered to the bottom of the container, with return air through the top of
the evaporator coil section (bottom air delivery).

The unit is equipped with a de-humidification function controlled by the electronic controller of

8 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

the unit. The humidity setpoint can be set in the range from 95 65% (or 50 % with closed ven-
tilation) RH. The unit can control to the lowest level. The de-humidification function is active as
long as the temperature control is in set point range. The unit is equipped with heating elements,
mounted under the evaporator coil, for the de-humidification.
The de-humidification system is also active in economy mode.

The unit is equipped with a dual system for defrosting. There is installed a hot gas valve, in the
refrigeration system, for hot gas defrosting of the evaporator coil. Furthermore the heating ele-
ments, mounted under the evaporator coil, are energized during defrost.
This dual system for defrosting ensures a fast defrost sequence and thereby only a very small
input of heat to the container. This results in very small temperature variations for the transported
cargo, after a defrost sequence.
The dual system for defrost also ensures an even distribution of heat to the evaporator coil. The
result of this is that there is no building up of ice in corners or other places of the evaporator coil.
The two defrost systems, hot gas and heating elements, are independent. This ensures a defrost
sequence to be carried out, even with one system failing.
A demand defrost system is integrated in the software ensuring that the evaporator coil will not
ice up.

The unit is equipped with a datalogger incorporated in the controller.

The logging interval is in pre-defined intervals, 15, 30, 60 or 120 minutes.


The logging of the USDA sensors (3 pieces) and Cargo - sensor is done with an interval of one
hour according to USDA requirements. With a logging interval of one hour, there is storage capac-
ity for 365 days of temperature loggings.
Datalogger accuracy is 0.25C (0.45F).
The data log can be retrieved with a PC system Starview and Psion Logman, via high-speed
serial communication port.
The controller has a battery back up system for the datalogger, which after power switch off of
the unit continues logging in battery mode 120 times and then stops.
The controller is prepared for communication with Remote Monitoring Modem (RMM), according to
ISO standard 10368, for monitoring at the ship bridge or control room.
Events + Alarms and Short Log can be retrieved by Refcon, Logman, StarView and can be viewed
by Refcon, LogView and StarView.
Extended Log can only be retrieved by Logman and StarView and shown in LogView and StarView.

Function description
Start-up procedure
The start-up procedure ensures that the system is started safely after the following events:
Unit has been out of use
Main failures
Defrosting
PTI test
Service mode
Alarm mode

The start-up procedure has 5 modes:


1. Initialize: Self check controller.
2. Stabilize: The evaporator fan operates at high speed to ensure that temperature sensors are
at current temperature.
3. Crank case heating: If Tamb is lower than 2C (36F) heat is applied until Tfc is above 12C
(54F).
4. Transmitter check: To ensure that the correct pressure sensor is monted and that suction gas
will be free of liquid during use.
5. Terminate: Switching to normal temperature and valve regulation.

9 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Climate Control Function

Temperature Control
This function incorporates the container temperature controller.

The function has 2 modes: Chill and Frozen.


Chill
If Tset more than (>) -5C (23F) the chill mode is activated and Tact = Tsup.
Frozen
If Tset is less than or equal to () -5C (23F) the frozen mode is activated and Tact = Tret.
The value the Tset limit is dependend on software version.

This function has four modes: Pull down, Pull up, Cool, and Heat.

Pull Down / Pull Up mode:


In Pull Up and Pull Down mode no in-range alarm is given.
Upon start-up, defrost or another mode deactivating temperature control (e.g. manual, set-point
alternation, PTI) the temperature control is set to Pull Down or Pull Up mode depending on Tact
being above or below Tset.
As long as temperature is not within Tset +/- ranges, the function remains in CoolPullDown or
HeatPullUp mode. If temperature is within range, the green IN-RANGE indicator light starts
flashing. When the temperature has been within Tset +/- ranges for 30 min. the green IN-RANGE
indicator light is constant on.
Cool / Heat mode:
Temperature is within Tset +/- ranges and the green IN-RANGE indicator light is constant on.
If temperature is in out-of-range condition for more than 2 hours, the IN-RANGE indicator lights
start flashing. After 4 hours out-of-range condition, an in-range alarm is set.
On the basis of Tact and Tset the function calculates the requested capacity (CapReq) value by
means of a PID controller. CapReq is the desired chilling / heating capacity. CapReq value can
range from 100% to +100%. 100% being maximum cooling and +100% being maximum heat-
ing.

Capacity Control and Limiter


On the basis of requested capacity this function determines operation mode and actions of the in-
dividual system components (compressor, valves, heating elements) and ensures that compressor
minimum off time is observed.
This function has 5 gears (modes). On the basis of requested capacity, the gear is determined.
Compressor frequency is directly dependent upon current mode. Evaporator heater, on the other
hand, is gear independent.
There is overlap over the modes to maintain slow mode shifting.

Gear Function
Off Everything is turned off.
Start up If cooling is required, the FC is starting at default frequency before shifting to
correct cooling mode.
PWM On/Off regulation of compressor.
CoolEco Maximum cooling capacity with use of economizer.
Heat Only the heaters are used. May also be active in hotgas mode.
Defrost Heaters are always used and hotgas valve is used if ambient temperature is
above 5C (41F).

The capacity of the unit is controlled between maximum cooling capacity (-100% capacity) and
maximum heating capacity (+100% capacity). This is done by regulation of the compressor speed
by means of the FC and the hotgas valve for minimum capacity control or on/off regulation. In
maximum capacity (+100% capacity) the unit uses the heating elements, by means of pulse width
modulation, to control the capacity.

10 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Below figure indicates the ranges for the capacity and compressor speed (frequency).
Compressor frequency, Hz
110 Hz (3300 rpm)
Set point Set point

line 1 line 3

20 Hz (600 rpm)

line 2

-100% -20% +10% 100%


cooling Capacity heating

Line 1: The area where cooling is requested, controlled by the frequency


converter.
Line 2: The area where the compressor is on/off regulated (or hotgas regulated (older than 0241)
Line 3: The area where heating is requested, controlled by pulsing of heating
elements.

The limiter function secures that the controller operates with valid settings to protect the unit in
order to maintain the conditions for the cargo. To maintain the set point temperature, capacity
control constantly monitors and adjusts the capacity. The limiter acts as a brake to the capacity
change requests from capacity control and thereby controlling how fast the capacity can change,
so that safe operation of the unit constantly is ensured.
The limiter monitors the following parameters from the unit and generates a limiter factor for
each:
IFC, to limit the maximum current draw from the FC.
TFC, to limit the maximum internal FC temperature.
Tc, to limit the maximum condenser pressure (and temperature).
T0, to ensure a minimum evaporator pressure.
Teco, to ensure a minimum middle pressure in the compressor.

The largest of the factors is used as the active limiter. If the limiter factor is higher than the re-
quested capacity change, the capacity is actually reduced instead of increased.
If for example the ambient temperature is very high, the requested capacity may increase the FC
temperature over its limits and so the limiter will reduce the capacity until a safe and stable opera-
tion condition for the FC has been reached.

Expansion Valve
This function ensures optimum evaporator superheat (SH) and calculates the percentage of open-
ing (SHVod) and controls the valve. This function is active during compressor operation. Valve is
closed during compressor turn off.

Expansion valve function includes the following sub-functions:


MSS (Minimum Stable Superheat search).
Superheat control.
MOP (Maximum Operating Pressure).

MSS
This function searches for minimum stable superheat within the ranges SHmin and SHmax. With a
stable T0, SHset is reduced and with an unstable T0, SHset is raised.
SHact: = Tsuc T0

11 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Superheating
Function output is the expansion valve opening rate (Vexp).
At start-up the opening rate is 0%.
The electronic expansion valve is an on/off valve controlled on the basis of opening rate with a
constant cycle time.

MOP function
The MOP function prevents the suction pressure from getting too high.

Economizer Valve
This function ensures optimum subcooling of liquid to the evaporator and cooling of the FC.
In addition, the cooling capacity is increased, COP is enhanced and compressed gas temperature
is reduced.
Function output is the economizer valve opening rate (Veco).

The economizer control has two modes:


Superheat control
FC cooler.

Superheat control
Valve opening rate control is based on calculations.

FC cooler
This function is active during compressor operation.

Dehumidification
The dehumidification function dehumidifies air in the container by means of a heater.
This function is can only be activated if the temperature control function is active.

Dehumidification is achieved by decreasing evaporator surface temperature.


This is done through activation of the heater and letting the temperature control increase cooling
capacity resulting in an evaporator temperature descending.

This function has 3 modes:


Off
Active
Override

Dehumidification: Off
The dehumidification function is in the OFF position.

Dehumidification: Active
The heater (Hevap) is activated when RH is more than (>) RHSet and deactivated when RH is less
than (<) RHSet 3%.
The humidity set point can be set in the range 50% to 95% relative humidity. The range 50% to
64% is only possible with no fresh air - evap. ventilation in low speed. The range 65% - 95% is
possible to run with fresh air - evap. ventilation in high speed.

Dehumidification: Override
Accessing override mode if:
- Cooling demand exceeds 80% capacity.
- Large demand for heating.
- PTI
- A fatal alarm is active.
- When operating without FC.
- Manual operation is active.
- Defrosting

Other comments

12 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

The dehumidification icon is shown in the display even if override is active.


The heat icon follows the current state of the heater.

Condenser Fan
Condenser fan control will reduce condenser pressure through condenser ventilation.
The condenser pressure control also monitors the compressor outlet pressure in case of water-
cooling.
This function is activated when control is being in the automatic mode.

Condenser pressure control has two primary modes:


Air-cooled
Water-cooled

Air-cooled
In the air-cooled mode ventilation takes place in the following way:
Depending on the compressor outlet pressure, the fan is Off or runs in 2 different speeds: High
and Low.
The fan runs in 4 modes: Off, low-speed, high-speed and a cyclus shifting between high and low-
speed in two minutes intervals.
If Tamb is more than (>) 48C (118F) or the compressor outlet pressure remains constantly high,
the condenser fan constantly runs at high speed.

Water-cooled
If the condenser fan is constantly on for more than 1 hour, an alarm will be given.
The fan runs in 4 modes: Off, low-speed, high-speed and a cyclus shifting between high and low-
speed in two minutes intervals.

Evaporator Fan
The evaporator fan function ensures correct fan speed (high or low).
The function is active in the automatic mode.

This function has 2 modes:


Normal
Economy

Normal
Low speed when: In the frozen mode or
Tset is more than or equal () to 0C (32F)
No fresh air exchange
Dehumidification is turned off

Otherwise high speed

Economy
The fans run at a constant low speed.

Economy mode is switched on by the operator.

Defrost Function
Defrost function ensures regular evaporator defrosting. The function is active in automatic mode.

The defrost function has 4 modes:


Wait
Initialize
Execute
Terminate
Wait

13 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

In the wait mode the time is refreshed for the next defrost provided that the following conditions
are satisfied:
Compressor is running
T0 is less than (<) T0min.

Wait mode termination can be due to:


Calculated ice amount in the evaporator is above critical level (Demand defrost)
Defrosting action initiated manually (Manual defrost initiation)

Initialize
Wait until condenser temperature is above 50C (122F), however no more than 300 sec.

Execute
In this mode the actual evaporator defrosting takes place:
A Defrost start event is made in the trip log.
Cooling system termination results in compressor initiation, only ramp up mode is executed.
Evaporator fan is stopped.
Evaporator and tray heating elements are turned on.
Compressor runs at a constant frequency at 83% of full speed.
Expansion valve control is deactivated.
Hotgas valve is used to heat the evaporator from the inside with the hot gas from the compressor.

Evaporator defrosting terminates when evaporator temperature, Tevap, is above defrost termina-
tion temperature for 2 min. or upon elapse of max. defrost time.
A defrost stop event is made in the data log with the current interval and Tevap temperature.

Terminate
Terminate mode is divideable into two parts:
Evaporator re freezing preventing remaining water drops on evaporator from blowing into
container upon evaporator fan initiation.
Termination ensuring low evaporator fan speed to prevent shock boiling and to ensure that
the temperature controller takes over in a controlled way.
After termination, the unit continues normal operation again with the same setpoint temperature
as before defrost start.

General information
If the Tevap sensor is not ok, adaptive defrosting uses a reduced defrost interval compared to nor-
mal calculated defrost intervals.
Set-point alteration leads to a new calculated defrost interval, and defrost starts when the defrost
criteria is reached.
With manual defrost initiation the current defrost interval is set to default defrost interval.

Manual defrost termination


Upon manual defrost termination, termination state is entered. No adaptive adjustment takes
place when defrosting is manually initiated.

Regarding user interface


Defrost icon is displayed during defrost function execution.

Other comments
If service mode or PTI mode is selected during a defrost, the defrost mode is terminated and the
time for the next defrosting is set to the preset value as if a normal defrost end had occurred.

If the unit is shut off for some reason during a defrost and the power disappears for less than (<)
12 hours, the unit will start and try to finish the defrost again when the power returns.
If the unit is shut off for more than 12 hours, the active defrost is terminated and the defrost
function enters the wait state.

14 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

QUEST (optional)
QUEST is a program based on a fixed protocol designed to reduce the energy consumption of the
unit, when operating in the interval -1C to +30C (30F to 86F). This energy saving is mainly
obtained by regulating the compressors on/off time and the evaporator fan speed.

Please note that when Tsup is in in the range -1C to +15C (30F to 59F) its value can vary -2C
- +1C (28F to 34F) from setpoint.
Please note that when Tsup is in in the range +15C to +30C (30F to 86F) its value can vary
-4C - +1C (25F to 34F) from setpoint.

Quest is, as default, set to either AUTO or OFF depending on customer requirements.

To deactivate QUEST:
1. Press
2. Use or to select O02 QUEST and press
3. Select OFF by using or and press

To activate QUEST:
1. Press
2. Use or to select O02 QUEST and press
3. Select AUTO by using or and press

If O02 is empty, QUEST is not installed.


Star Cool is responsible for that the QUEST function is operating within the parameters and the
running pattern defined by the protocol. Star Cool is however not liable for any consequent dam-
ages caused by the QUEST functionality.

Tests
The unit has 2 (3) test functions:
Function test.
PTI (Pre-Trip Inspection) test.
PTI short (optional)
The PTI test is a function test followed by a capacity test where the requested temperature must
be reached within the time limit.

At test initiation an event is generated in the log.

During function and PTI test the normal alarm system remains active. If an alarm is triggered dur-
ing test operation, it appears in the display and will be written in the log as it is the case during
normal operation.
In case of a fatal alarm during testing the test is terminated and the unit remains off.

Function or PTI sub-test failure causes an alarm PTI FAILURE to be generated.


In case of Function or PTI sub-test pass an event, Test status is displayed.
For more information, please see event list.

Clear the alarm list before starting a test. If there should be any active alarms in the alarm list
when a function or a PTI test is started, the test will always fail even if all the individual test steps
PASS without failures.

PTI menu has a primary status and a status for each sub-test with own indexes.
Only the primary status for a PTI test is memorized when supply voltage is removed.
When PTI is initiated a Trip start is set in the data log.

15 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Function test
Function test is a unit component test. (Non destructive)
Test is based on a GO/NO GO procedure. All tests must be executed without failure one by one for
the function test result to be PASS.
Note: The tests can also be performed individually

Function test includes the following items:


1. PTI init
2. Controller test
3. Power check
4. Evaporator fan (Mevap)
5. Condenser fan (Mcond)
6. Heating element (Hevap and Htray)
7. Probe check (not implemented in ver. 0240)
8. Compressor/FC/valve test (Vexpansion, Vhotgas and Veconomizer)
9. Test completion / status

NOTE: At ambient temperature above 40C (104F) and below 20C (-4F) the unit has
to be running in normal operating mode at setpoint of 0C (32F) for of 10 minutes with
compressor running before executing a function test or PTI test.
The reason for this is to ensure correct function of unit during PTI test or function test.

PTI Test:
The purpose of the PTI test is to verify the presence of cooling performance.
The test is based on a GO/NO GO procedure. All tests must be executed without failure one by one
for the PTI test results to be PASS.
PTI test includes the following test items:

Full PTI
1. Function test
2. 5C (41F) test
3. 0C (32F) test
4. -18C (-0.4F) test
5. Defrosting
6. Test completion / status

Short PTI
Short PTI includes the following test items:
1. Function test
2. 5C (41F) test
3. 0C (32F) test
4. Defrosting
5. Test completion / status

Data Log
The controller has a data log to record operation of the unit. The data log includes 4 items:
Data.
Extended data.
Alarms.
Event data.

The logged data in the data log can be seen:


On the display menu L01, the viewable temperatures are listed.
On the display menu L03, the logged temperatures can be viewed graphically.
Retrieved via the program RefCon and the RMM modem and the powerline.
Retrieved via a program, LogMan, on a PSION pda using the retriever socket.

16 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Retrieved via the StarView program using the retriever socket.


When an alarm is activated it triggers a complete log, however max. one per 15 min.
The datalogger can hold approximately 10.000 logs or more than 1 year of loggings with default
logging interval of one log per hour.
The following tables show retrievables with Starview and Psion Logman software:

File Download Info


F1 Signature
F2 Container ID

Header
F3 Controller ID
F4 Controller Software
F5 Retriever Software
F6 Extraction date
F7 Comments
Data log

D1 DT Date

Stamp
D2 Time
D3 Log Type [Event, Data, Log]
D4 Event ID

Events + Alarms
D5 Param. 1
D6 Param. 2
D7 Param. 3
D8 Param. 4
D9 Param. 5
D10 Tsup Supply Air Temperature [C]
D11 Tret Return Air Temperature [C]
D12 Tusda1 USDA 1 Temperature [C]
D13 Tusda2 USDA 2 Temperature [C]

Short Log
D14 Tusda3 USDA 3 Temperature [C]
D15 Tcargo Cargo Temperature [C]
D16 Tset Temperature Set Point [C]
D17 Humidity Relative Humidity [%]
D18 AirEx Air Exchange [m3/h]
D19 Psuc Suction Pressure [BarE]
D20 Pdis Discharge Pressure [BarE]
D21 Fpower Net frequency [Hz]
D22 Upower Highest power voltage of U1, U2, U3
Extended Log Type 1

D23 I1 Current, Ph. 1 [A]


D24 I2 Current, Ph. 2 [A]
D25 I3 Current, Ph. 3 [A]
D26 Ifc FC current [A]
D27 Fcpr Compressor Frequency [Hz]
D28 Heater Heating element [%]
D29 Mevap Evaporator motor status
D30 Mcond Condenser motor status
D31 Tfc Frequency module Temperature [C]
D32 Tamb Ambient Temperature [C]

17 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

D33
D34
D35

Extended Log Type 2


D36
D37
D38 Extended Log Type 2
D39
D40
D41
D42
D43

Header can be retrieved by Refcon, Logman, StarView and can be viewed in Refcon, LogView and
StarView.
Extended Log Type 1 can only be retrieved by Logman and StarView and shown in LogView and
StarView.
Extended Log Type 2 can only be retrieved by StarView and viewed in StarView.
StarView is the unique program designed for communication with a Star cool unit through a serial
connection to a PC.

Alarm Action System (AAS)


This function defines what to do if a sensor is defect. The strategy is to substitute the missing
sensors reading with the value from another sensor + a constant so that the unit can maintain its
functionality with reduced precision.

Temperature control
Chill mode
Defect sensor(s) Substitution sensor / Action Alarm
Tsup1 (2) Tact = Tsup2 (1)
Tsup1 and Tsup2 Tact = Tret + constant 611, Too many sensor err
Tsup1, Tsup2 and Tret Tact = Tevap + constant
Tsup1, Tsup2, Tret and Tevap ** 600, No control sensor

Freeze mode
Defect sensor(s) Substitution sensor / Action Alarm
Tret Tact = Tevap + constant
Tret and Tevap Tact = Tsup1 + constant 611, Too many sensor err
Tret, Tevap and Tsup1 Tact = Tsup2 + constant
Tret, Tevap, Tsup1 and Tsup2 ** 600, No control sensor
** = no more available sensors for substitution.

Expansion valve control


Defect sensor(s) Substitution sensor / Action Alarm
Psuc Emergency injection 611, Too many sensor err
Tsuc Emergency injection 611, Too many sensor err

Condenser fan control


Defect sensor(s) Substitution sensor / Action Alarm

18 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Pdis Start up:


Condenser fan speed = slow
Chill/Freeze mode: Condenser
fan speed depends on ambient
temperature.
Tamb Tamb = Tinternal
Tret, Tevap and Tsup1 Tact = Tsup2 + constant
Tamb and Tinternal Tcmin

Dehumidification control
If dehumidification is active:
Defect sensor(s) Substitution sensor / Action Alarm
RH Stop dehumidification 614, Humidity deactivated

Defrost control
Defect sensor(s) Substitution sensor / Action Alarm
Tevap Tsuc
Tc Tc = constant
Psuc(T0) T0 = Tevap
Psuc (T0) and Tevap Only electrical defrosting.
T0 = constant
Tsuc Only electrical defrosting
T0 = constant
Tamb Tcontrol + constant
Tamb and Tinternal Always electrical defrosting

Electrical control
Following graphical illustration shows the accepted volt/Hz range and the set off values for the
alarms AL 414 (Fatal Alarm), AL 415 (Fatal Alarm), AL 416 (Fatal Alarm), AL 417, AL 418, AL
419, AL 427, AL 428 and AL 429 (Fatal Alarm), based on the table below

Volt
max. voltage - AL414, AL415, AL416
600

alarm U/f - AL428


max. U/f - AL429

500

400

300

alarm U/f - AL427


min. U/f - AL429
200
min. voltage - AL417, AL418, AL419

100

0
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Hz

19 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Frequency AL417, AL418, AL 429 AL 427 AL 428 AL 429 Al414,


(f) [Hz] AL419 at voltage at voltage at voltage at voltage AL415,
Min. voltage (U) [V] (U) [V] (U) [V] (U) [V] AL416
(U) [V] Fatal Alarm Fatal Alarm Max. voltage
(U) [V]
Fatal Alarm
40 310 309 389 398 525
41 310 314 395 404 525
42 310 319 401 410 525
43 310 324 407 417 525
44 310 310 329 413 423 525
45 310 315 335 420 429 525
46 310 320 340 426 435 525
47 310 325 345 432 441 525
48 310 330 350 438 448 525
49 310 335 355 444 454 525
50 310 340 360 450 460 525
51 310 345 365 456 466 525
52 310 350 370 462 472 525
53 310 355 375 468 479 525
54 310 360 380 474 485 525
55 310 365 386 481 491 525
56 310 370 391 487 497 525
57 310 375 396 493 503 525
58 310 380 401 499 510 525
59 310 385 406 504,9 516 525
60 310 390 411 511 522 525
61 310 395 416 517 525
62 310 400 421 523 525
63 310 405 426 525
64 310 410 431 525
65 310 415 437 525
66 310 420 442 525
67 310 425 447 525
68 310 430 452 525
69 310 435 457 525
70 310 440 462 525

Refrigeration system data

Refrigerant charge, R134a


4.5 kg, with water cooled and non-water cooled condenser

General specification
Total unit weight 460 kg or 420 kg or 415 kg dependend on model
Dimensions Height: Width:
2235 mm 2025 mm
Noise level Less than 75 db(A) in 250 Hz band.
Measured 1.5 m in front of unit and 1.2 m above the ground, with the
unit operating at 50 Hz.

20 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Compressor motor assembly


Manufacturer Bitzer
Type Semi hermetic two-stage reciprocating
Number of cylinders 2 Low stage cylinders
2 High stage cylinders
Speed Variable, FC controlled
Model S4BCF 5.2Y.
Nominal power 5.5 kW
Compressor oil type Reniso Triton SEZ 55 or equivalent
Compressor oil quantity 1.5 liter
Compressor housing Sea water resistant aluminium, unpainted
Weight 58 Kg

Frequency converter (FC)


Manufacturer Danfoss
Type FCM 375
Frequency range 15 110 Hz (450 3300 rpm)
Converter housing Sea water resistant aluminium, unpainted
Tightness IP 54

High Pressure cut out switch


Cut out 22.5 BarE (326.3 psi) 0.7 Bar (10.2 Psi)
Cut in 15.9 BarE (230.6 psi) 0.7 Bar (10.2 Psi)

Fusible plug, receiver


Blow temperature 100C (212F)

Economizer
Manufacturer SWEP / WTT / Danfoss
Type Brazed plate heat exchanger
Material Stainless steel, AISI 316 L

Evaporator coil
Manufacturer ECO / DunAn
Tube material Copper, inner grooved
Fin Material Aluminium, Hydrophilic treated
Fin spacing 3.4 mm
Attitude 45 from horizontal

Condenser coil
Manufacturer ECO / DunAn
Tube material Copper, inner grooved
Fin Material Copper

21 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Fin spacing 2.0 mm


Coating, tube/fin Cataphoresis treatment, with additional
acrylic resin

Evaporator fan
Material Polypropylen, glass fibre reinforced
Type Axial
Number of fans 2
Number of blades 7/8
Pitch 25
Diameter 315 mm
Drive Direct on motor shaft

Condenser fan
Material Polypropylen, glass fibre reinforced
Type Axial
Number of fans 1
Number of blades 4
Pitch 30
Diameter 400 mm
Drive Direct on motor shaft

Water cooled condenser (optional)


Operating water pressure, max. 8 BarE (115 Psi)
Water temperature, max. cooling cap. 30C (86F)
Water flow rate 22.7 30.2 l/min. (6 8 gal/m)
Pressure drop 0.9 Bar (13.05 Psi) 1.2 Bar (17.4 Psi) at
above flow rate
Connections Inlet: Hansen B-66 or equivalent.
Outlet: Hansen B8-HP36-VAA or equivalent.
Condenser tubing Cu Ni (90/10)
Water specification Fresh water or Salt water, without free chlo-
rine

Defrosting
Defrost initiation
On demand defrost.
Defrosting interval
The on demand defrost system is constantly monitoring the temperatures for the evaporator
in order to prevent that the evaporator will block up with ice.
If a blocking up of the evaporator is registered by the system, a demand defrost will be initi
ated.
The minimum time between defrost is always 4 hours, but it is adjusted to the actual set
point.
Defrosting method: Hot gas, combined with electrical heaters.

22 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Fresh air exchange


Fresh air exchange Adjustable 0 220 m3/h (0 121 CFM) at 60
Hz. adjustable by steps of 5 m3/h.
Equivalent to 0 - 170 m3/h (0 100 CFM) at 50
Hz.

Refrigeration controls
Expansion valves 2 solenoid valves, electronically controlled from
controller
Filter Drier Danfoss DML 164 with O ring or equivalent
Hot gas valve Solenoid valve electronically controlled from
controller
Moisture indicator Incorporated in receiver sight glass.
Material: Brass acc. to EN 12164 / CW602N.
Piping Solid copper tubes according to EN 12735 1
Pipe coating Primer: Epoxy resin zf a120.
Top coat: Polyurethane resin Hipon 50.

Electrical data
Input power 3 x 350 V - 460 V 50Hz / 3 x 400 V - 500 V 60
Hz
Control circuit voltage AC 24 Vac Nominal (varies with power supply).
18 Vac (350 V) 30 Vac (500 V).
Control circuit voltage DC 24 V DC Nominal (varies with power supply).
15 V DC (350 V) 30.5 V DC (500 V).

Circuit Breaker
Main power ampere 25 A or 16 A

Contactors
Nominal 9 amp at 40C (104F) & 400 volt
Max 7 amp at 70C (158F) & 520 volt
Start current 6 x nominal

Fuses
Secondary main fuses 10 A, tube fuse
Control circuit supply 0.4 A, tube fuse
24 V AC circuit 6.3 A, tube fuse

Power plug
Type CEE 17.4 pole, with earth. 32 amp
400/460 V / 50/60 Hz

23 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Power Cable
Type 4 x (2.5 4) mm2, 450 / 750 V, PU sheath
Length 18 m
Colour Yellow
Temperature Range -37C to +90C (-34.6F to 194F)

USDA socket requirements


Location Rear left side
Number 3 pieces + 1 cargo sensor
Type Deutsch HD 10, female socket. Tin Plated

Evaporator fan motor


Manufacturer Grundfos
Type Enclosed, non vented, dahlander motor
Frame size 071B14
Shaft material Stainless steel, X20CrNi172
No. of motors 2
Voltage 3 phases, 400 / 460 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Nominal power 0.45/0.07 kW at 460V/60 Hz
Protection, electrical Thermistors
Speed Dual speed
3460 / 2850 rpm (60/50 Hz)
1760 / 1425 rpm (60/50 Hz)
Rotation Counter clockwise, when viewed from shaft
end
Bearings Permanently lubricated, sealed
Bearing size Drive end Non - drive end
6304 2Z C3 6201 2Z C3
Bearing lubricant Lubricant Klberquiet BQH 72 102 or equiva-
lent. Temp. range: -40C to +140C (-40F to
284F)

Condenser fan motor


Manufacturer Grundfos dahlander motor
Type Enclosed, non vented
Frame size 071B3
Shaft material Stainless steel, X20CrNi172
No. of motors 1
Voltage 3 phases, 400 / 460 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Nominal power 0,25/0,07 kW at 460V/60 Hz
Protection, electrical Thermistors
Speed Dual speed
1740 / 1460 rpm (60/50 Hz)
870 / 730 rpm (60/50 Hz)
Rotation Counter clockwise, when viewed from shaft
end
Bearings Permanently lubricated, sealed

24 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Bearing size Drive end Non - drive end


6204 2Z C3 6201 2Z C3
Bearing lubricant Lubricant Klberquiet BQH 72 102 or
equivalent. Temp. range: -40C to +140C
(-40F to 284F)

Evaporator coil heaters


Type 8,5 mm in stainless steel AISI 304
Number 6
Rating 750 W each at 400V (750W 10W)

Drain pan heaters (optional)


Type 8,5 mm in stainless steel AISI 304
Number 1
Rating 400 W at 400V (400W 10W)

Temperature sensors, including USDA


Type NTC, 10 kohm at 25C (77F) 10K3A1
Operating temp. -40C to 100C (-40F to 212F)
Accuracy 0.15C, range -30C to 100C (0.5F, -
22F to 212F)

Pressure transmitters
Manufacturer Danfoss AKS 32R SAGInoMIYA NSK
Range 0 32 BarE High pressure side. 0 30 BarE High pressure
-1.0 12.0 BarE Low and inter- side.
mediate pressure side -0.69 9.8 BarE Low and
intermediate pressure side
Type Ratiometric pressure transmitter, with sealed gauge measur-
ing principle.
in. female flare connection with deflator

Miscellaneous
Tin plated electrical wires
Tin plated cables.
2 pieces of incorporated hinges.
2 pieces of removable evaporator hatches.
Bolts, screws and nuts in stainless steel.
Single viper peripheral seal.
Front frame is painted with polyester powder, colour Ral 9003.
Fresh air exchange is measured and logged in m3/h, definition 5 m3/h.

25 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

User Interface

Indicator lights

Alarm indicator light In-range indicator light


Alarm In range
SLOW FLASH if there are active NORMAL FLASH when controlling
alarms. temperature probe is inside the
QUICK FLASH if there are fatal acceptable range
alarms. Red Green Constant ON after 30 min. in-
range

Both lights only active when the container is connected to a power supply line.
During power up both lights are shortly illuminated to verify their function.
A Slow flash is a short flash every 3 sec. A Quick flash is a flash every 1 sec. A NORMAL FLASH
is a flash every 1 sec.

Display
Setpoint temperature Setpoint control Control sensor temperature Secondary information

SETPOINT CT SUPPLY

Icons

C
______ RET ______

Suction pressure Status text C /F unit Discharge pressure


scale [bar] scale [bar]

Temperature and pressure unit selection


C/F
Celsius + Bar or Fahrenheit + Psi
Pre Trip Inspection or Function Test is running
Unit is operated in service mode
Humidity control is activated
Water cooled condenser is activated

Defrosting is running

Heater element is switched on


Alarms are present in the alarm menu
Setpoint is controlled by Cold Treatment, CT pro-
CT
gram
Setpoint is controlled by Multiple Temperature
MTS
Set points, MTS program

26 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

It is possible to obtain a datalog graph display (see Datalog view p.46)

Key pad

Navigation keys Use these keys to move menu display up / down and to
change parameter values
Cancel Leave active sub menu
Cancel active parameter adjustment
Up Move menu one line up
Increment parameter value in menu
Increment setpoint on main display page
Down Move menu one line down
Decrement parameter value in menu
Decrement setpoint on main display page
Enter Select a sub menu
Activate a function (press twice)
Initiate parameter adjustment
Accept parameter adjustment when done
Menu keys Press key to select menu display
Press again to move menu one full page down
Wake-up Turn on and off battery powered display operation
No display backlight will be active

27 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

PTI Show PRE TRIP INSPECTION menu (Start/stop test and view
results)
Info Show INFORMATION menu (Actual data read out)

Operation Show OPERATION menu (settings)

Alarm Show ALARM menu (View listing of present alarms)

Service Show SERVICE menu (Maintenance data and settings)

Function keys Direct activation and deactivation of commonly used func-


tions
Unit As long as the button is pressed, F is shown instead of C and
PSI is shown instead of BAR. Permanent change is not available,
but requires customization
Toggle Shortcut to graphical view of logged temperatures. Toggles infor-
mation on some sub menus.
Defrost Press 3 sec. to start and stop a manual defrost cycle

Water Cool Press 3 sec. to activate and deactivate water cooled condenser

If no key is activated for a period of time, the controller will do this:

5 sec.: Cancel active parameter adjustment


30 sec.: Turn off battery powered display operation
when not connected to a power supply line
5 min.: Leave service mode operation and return
to automatic mode
10 min.: Return to main window in display

Menu overview
Menus are selected by pressing a menu key or by pressing the Enter key on a sub menu line
shown in the display.

28 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

General Page layout


Menu icon Menu title Cursor line Line count

|
OPERATION 2/ 5
Cursor
O01 Setpoint -9.9 C
O02
O03 Airflow mode NORMAL
O04 Humidity setpoint OFF %
O05 Datalog interval 15 m
O06 Programs >

Parameter ID Parameter name Value Unit

Using the cursor


The parameter ID is only used for identifying each displayed line of the menu system.
Pressing the and arrow keys will move the highlighted cursor one menu line up or down.
In the upper right corner of the display is shown the actual line number of the cursor together with
the total number of lines in the current menu.

Changing a parameter value


1. First move the cursor up, press or down, press to the line of the parameter to be
changed.
2. Then press the Enter key . The cursor will now highlight the parameter value instead of the
ID.
3. Use the Up or Down arrow keys to increase or decrease the displayed value.
4. Accept the new parameter value by pressing the Enter key once more.
5. If not pressing any key for 5 sec. or if pressing the Cancel key , the value will not be
changed.
6. The cursor returns to the ID column and can now be moved to other lines.

Activating a function
1. First move cursor Up press or Down press to the line of the function to be activated.
2. Then press the Enter key . The cursor will now highlight the function value instead of the
ID.
3. Do the activation by pressing the Enter key once more.
4. If not pressing any key for 5 sec. or if pressing the Cancel key , no function will be
activated.
5. The cursor returns to the ID column and can now be moved to other lines.

29 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Air exchange page

i | Air exchange 1/ 1

3
m/h
Press (X) to leave
This page is automatically displayed when the user starts changing the air exchange valve posi-
tion.
The display returns to the main page after 10 min. or when the Cancel key is pressed.

To view actual airflow at a different time use information menu I02

30 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Operation
Menu Structure
INFORMATION PROGRAMS
I01 Relative humidity P01 Active program
I02 Air exchange P02 Multi. Temp setp. >
I03 Last defr interval P03 Cold treatment >
I04 USDA 1 temp
I05 USDA 2 temp
I06 USDA 3 temp
I07 Cargo temp
I08 Time to defrost
I09 Ambient temp COLD TREATMENT
I10 Supply air 1 temp
B01 Duration
I11 Supply air 2 temp
B02 Maximum USDA temp.
I12 Return air temp
B03 Treatment setpoint
I13 Evaporator temp
B04 Final temperature
I14 Suction temp
B05 CT status
AIR EXCHANGE I15
I16 Suction press
I17

888m3/h
I18 Discharge press
I19 Expansion valve
I20 Evap superheat MULTI. TEMP. SETP.
I21 Compressor freq
Hour Set %Rh
Press (X) to leave I22 Power frequency
D01 OFF 0.0 OFF
I23 Current phase 1
D02 OFF 0.0 OFF
I24 Current phase 2
D03 OFF 0.0 OFF
I25 Current phase 3
D04 OFF 0.0 OFF
I26 Voltage phase 1-2
D05 OFF 0.0 OFF
I27 Voltage phase 2-3
D06 OFF 0.0 OFF
I28 Voltage phase 1-3
I29 Phase direction
I30 Battery voltage
I31 FC temp
I32 Condenser fan
I33 Evaporator fan
I34 Evaporator heater

OPERATION MANUAL OPERATION


O01 Setpoint M01 Operating mode
O02 QUEST M02 Evaporator heater
O03 Airflow mode M03 Evaporator fan
O04 Humidity setpoint M04 Condenser fan
O05 Datalog interval M05 Compressor freq
O06 Programs > M06 Expansion valve
M07 Hotgas valve
M08 Economizer valve
ALARM
A01 Alarm text
A02 ... DATALOG VIEW
... L01 Temperatures
A16 L03 Graph. view

SERVICE TIME ADJUST


S01 MANUAL OPERATION > C01 GMT-Year
S02 DATALOG VIEW > C02 GMT-Month
S03 TIME ADJUST > C03 GMT-Day
S04 RUNTIME COUNTERS > C04 GMT-Hour
S05 CONFIGURATION > C05 GMT-Minute

PRE TRIP INSPECTION RUNTIME COUNTERS


T01 PTI test R01 Unit
T02 Function test R02 Compressor
T03 Abort the test R03 Evaporator fan
T04 Test status R04 Condenser fan
T05 10: Init R05 Evaporator heater
T06 20: Controller
T07 30: Power
T08 40: Evap fan CONFIGURATION
T09 50: Cond fan
T10 60: Evap heater F01 Container
F02 Software version
T11 80: Compressor
F03 FC type
T12 90: FT status
T13 100: T set 5 C F04 FC ID
T14 110: T set 0 C F05 Phase detection
T15 111: Hold 0 C F06 AirEx calibration
T16 120: T set -18 C F07 Low pres type
F08 High pres type
T17 130: Defrost
F09 Main PCB
T18 140: PTI status

31 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

General Operation
The following text is a general description of operating menus and editing parameters.

By pressing a menu key the menu is selected and its icon is illuminated.
The lower part of the display shows parameter number, parameter value and a short information
text in English.
After 30 sec. with no keyboard activities, the display returns to the main display menu. By press-
ing
the display returns to the previous menu level in the menu structure.
If one of the other menu keys is pressed, menu selection changes.

By pressing the and keys the individual parameters are scroll able.

For parameter change, press and the parameter is highlighted in inverse writing. By pressing
and keys parameter values are changeable.
When desired value is set, press to accept value and parameter is shown in normal writing
again.
As long as the parameter value is shown in inverse writing, setting is erasable by pressing and
the previous parameter value is shown again.

If the keys , or are not pressed for 5 sec., setting is cancelled and the previous param-
eter value is shown again.

Temperature Setting
Temperature set-point adjustment is made from the operating menu.

By pressing or the set-point is adjusted 0.1C (0.1F) and the set-point digits are highlight-
ed in inverse writing.
If the key is held, the set-point will automatically be incremented by 0.1C (0.1F) until the key is
no longer held. After approximately 3 sec. the set-point will be incremented by 1C (1F). Upon
reaching desired temperature, press and hold for 3 seconds. The set-point will be accepted and
shown in normal writing again.
During inverse writing, the new temperature set-point is erasable by pressing and the previous
set-point is shown again.
If the keys , or are not pressed for 5 sec., current setting will be cancelled and previous
set-point shown again.

Wake-up Mode
When no main power is present the controller is switched off.
The controller includes a battery for Star Cool operation when no external voltage supply is
present.
For battery saving in this situation, controller will turn itself off upon disappearance of external
voltage supply.
By pressing controller is enabled and controller operation will be possible. In case of no key-
board activities for 30 sec., controller will be turned off again.
Controller may be manually turned off in this mode by pressing again.

Contrast adjustment of the display


Press and hold and press or to adjust the contrast of the display. This can be done both
in battery mode and when main power is applied.
Make sure contrast is properly set at all times to secure readability.

32 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

PTI or Function Test Execution


The test menu is opened by pressing . In the test menu, press keys or to scroll the
menu.
For a complete PTI test START must be highlighted by pressing at menu item T01. Pressing
once more initiates the test. If is not pressed within 5 sec., the controller will cancel the opera-
tion and the cursor returns to the menu item T01.

For a short PTI test START must be highlighted by pressing at menu item T01. Press keys or
to scroll the menu to select SHORT. Pressing once more initiates the test.

A complete PTI test may take several hours: First a complete function test with menu items T04 to
T12 and then performance testing in menu items T13 to T17.

A short PTI takes 1.5 hours.

Function test is initiated in the same way by selecting menu T02. A function test performs menu
items T04 to T12, without performance testing and takes about 10 15 min. to complete. The
function test will continue through all the steps even if failures should occur.
A PTI or function test can be aborted at T03.

A single item can be tested by highlighting the item, ex. T09. When START is shown in inverse
writing, pressing again will start the test. Only the selected item is tested.

The PTI test is automatically terminated in case of no errors. Finally, temperature set-point will be
set to the same value as before test initiation.

If any error occurs during the test, alarms will be shown in the alarm list. Active alarms in the
alarm list before start of the PTI test will lead to failure of the PTI test:
1. One alarm for PTI or function test failure. Status are also listed in the menu items T04
T12(FT)/T18(PTI).
2. One or more alarms for a specific error during the test. Only listed in alarm list.

Failures found during the tests are listed in the alarm list and the results of the separate PTI test
steps are in menu items T04 to T18. Alarms found are logged in the datalog.

A detailed description and trouble shooting of an alarm can be found in this manual chap. De-
tailed alarm description p.56, together with a description of the specific test alarms (Test
alarms, p.149). When the PTI test completes or is aborted, all alarms found during the test are
set inactive in the alarm list.
If the alarm list is empty, the unit is completely ok.
If the controller is switched off, only the main status of a PTI test is remembered in menu item
T04.

T01 PTI test start (PTI test)


Function:
Start Pre-Trip-Inspection test run to verify full functionality of the unit and performance test at dif-
ferent set point temperatures.
Value:
For starting PTI test, select either NORMAL or SHORT via or and press which initiates the
test.
The PTI test is automatically terminated in case of no errors. Finally, temperature set-point will be
set to the same value as before test initiation.

T02 Function test start (Function test)


Function:
Start function test runs to verify full functionality of the unit without performance tests.
Value:

33 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

For starting function test, START must be highlighted by pressing . Pressing once more initi-
ates the test.

T03 Abort the running test (Abort the test)


Function:
Stop the running PTI or function- test.
Value:
To stop the running test, STOP must be highlighted by pressing . Pressing once more stops
the test.

T04 Test status (Test status)


Function:
Shows the status of the last/running test:
Value:
The value depends on the function running.
For PTI the values can be: RUN for running, PASS for test passed successfully, ABORT for
test aborted by a user, FAIL for a failing PTI test see the alarm list for specific reason.

T05 Test result: 10 Init (10 Init)


Function:
Shows the status of the test initialization. This test is always done
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user.

T06 Test result: 20 Controller (20 Controller)


Function:
Shows the status of the test of the controller.
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 801 in Test
alarms p.149.

T07 Test result: 30 Power (30 Power)


Function:
Shows the status of the test of power consumption/connection.
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 805 in Test
alarms p.149.

T08 Test result: 40 Evap fan (40 Evap fan)


Function:
Shows the status of the test of the evaporator fans.
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 810 - 813 in
Test alarms p.150.

T09 Test result: 50 Condenser fan (50 Cond fan)


Function:
Shows the status of the test of the condenser fan.
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 815 - 817 in
Test alarms p.152

34 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

T10 Test result: 60 Evaporator heater (60 Evap heater)


Function:
Shows the status of the test of the evaporator heater.
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 820 - 821 in
Test alarms p.154

T11 Test result: 80 Compressor (80 Compressor)


Function:
Shows the status of the test of the compressor.
Value:
- if not done yet.
RUN if still running test.
PASS if test finished successfully.
FAIL if the test failed.
ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 845 and 846 in
Test alarms p.158

T12 Test result: 90 FT status (90 FT status)


Function:
Shows the status of the function test.
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user.

T13 Test result: 100 Temperature set point 5C (100 T set 5C)
Function:
Shows the status of the performance test with temperature set point of 5C (41F)
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 855 in Test
alarms p.160

T14 Test result: 110 Temperature set point 0C (110 T set 0C)
Function:
Shows the status of the performance test with temperature set point of 0C (32F).
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 860 in Test
alarms p.161

T15 Test result: 111 Hold temperature at 0C (111 Hold 0C)


Function:
Shows the status of the performance test with holding temperature set point of 0C (32F).
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 860 in Test
alarms p.161

T16 Test result: 120 Temperature set point -18C


(120 T set -18C)
Function:
Shows the status of the performance test with temperature set point of -18C (-0.4F).
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 870 in Test
alarms p.161

35 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

T17 Test result: 130 Testing of defrost (130 Defrost)


Function:
Shows the status of the performance test of defrost.
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 870 in Test
alarms p.161

T18 Test result: 140 PTI status (140 PTI status)


Function:
Shows the status of the PTI test.
Value:
- if not done yet. RUN if still running test. PASS if test finished successfully. FAIL if the test
failed. ABORT if the test was aborted by the user. See specific description for alarm 850 in Test
alarms p.161

Info Menu Viewing


By pressing the info menu is selected. The icon is displayed.

The info menu includes the following parameters:

I01 Relative humidity (Relative humidity)


Function:
Shows current relative humidity in the container.
Value:
Shown as a percent value.

I02 Air exchange in m3/h (Air change m3/h)


Function:
Shows current opening of air exchange valve.
Value:
Shown as m3/h.

I03 Last defrost interval (Last defr interval)


Function:
Show current interval between last two defrostings.
Value:
Shown in hours.

I04 USDA 1 temperature (USDA 1 temp)


Function:
Shows current temperature for USDA 1 sensor.
Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switch by pressing .

I05 USDA 2 temperature (USDA 2 temp)


Function:
Shows current temperature for USDA 2 sensor.
Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switching by pressing .

I06 USDA 3 temperature (USDA 3 temp)


Function:
Shows current temperature for USDA 3 sensor.

36 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switch by pressing .

I07 Cargo temperature (Cargo temp)


Function:
Shows current temperature for cargo sensor.
Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switch by pressing .

I08 Time to next defrost (Time to defrost)


Function:
Shows current time to the next defrosting.
Value:
Shown in hours and minutes.

I09 Ambient temperature (Ambient temp)


Function:
Shows current ambient temperature.
Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switching by pressing .

I10 Supply air 1 temperature (Supply air 1 temp)


Function:
Shows current temperature for supply 1 sensor.
Value:
Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switching by pressing .

I11 Supply air 2 temperature (Supply 2 air temp)


Function:
Shows current temperature for supply 2 sensor.
Value:
Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switch by pressing .

I12 Return air temperature (Return air temp)


Function:
Shows current temperature for return sensor.
Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switch by pressing .

I13 Evaporator temperature (Evaporator temp)


Function:
Show current temperature for evaporator.
Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switching by pressing .

I14 Suction temperature (Suction temp)


Function:
Shows measured suction gas temperature.
Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switch by pressing .

I15
Function:
Reserved for future use.

37 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Value:

I16 Suction pressure (Suction press)


Function:
Shows current suction pressure for compressor.
Value:

Shown in units of Bar or PSI relative to atmosphere pressure. Switch by pressing (at C pres-
sure is shown in BarE, at F in PSI).

I17
Function:
Reserved for future use.
Value:

I18 Discharge pressure (Discharge press)


Function:
Shows current discharge pressure for compressor.
Value:

Shown in units of Bar or PSI relative to atmosphere pressure. Switch by pressing (at C pres-
sure is shown in BarE, at F in PSI).

I19 Expansion valve opening (Expansion valve)


Function:
Shows current percentage of expansion valve opening. Pulse Wide Modulation
Value:
Shown as a percent value.

I20 Evaporator superheat (Evap superheat)


Function:
Shows current superheat of expansion valve. Tsuc - T0 = SH
Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switch by pressing . Value is only user-changeable with


system in the service mode.

I21 Compressor frequency (Compressor freq)


Function:
Shows current compressor frequency.
Value:
Shown in units of Hz.

I22 Power frequency (Power frequency)


Function:
Shows current power (net) frequency.
Value:
Shown in units of Hz.

I23 Current consumption phase 1 (Current phase 1)


Function:
Shows actual current consumption on phase 1 for the unit excluding the compressor.
Value:
Shown in units of ampere.

I24 Current consumption phase 2 (Current phase 2)


Function:
Shows actual current consumption on phase 2 for the unit excluding the compressor.
Value:

38 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Shown in units of ampere.

I25 Current consumption phase 3 (Current phase 3)


Function:
Shows actual current consumption on phase 3 for the unit excluding the compressor.
Value:
Shown in units of ampere.

I26 Voltage between phase 1 and 2 (Voltage phase 1->2)


Function:
Shows current voltage between phase 1 and 2.
Value:
Units in volt.

I27 Voltage between phase 2 and 3 (Voltage phase 2->3)


Function:
Shows current voltage between phase 2 and 3.
Value:
Shown in units of volt.

I28 Voltage between phase 1 and 3 (Voltage phase 1->3)


Function:
Shows current voltage between phase 1 and 3.
Value:
Shown in units of volt.

I29 Phase direction (Phase direction)


Function:
Shows current phase sequence.
Value:
Shown as CW or CCW or None. Value is not user-changeable. If AL 423 No phase direction go to
configuration F05 for settings.

I30 Battery voltage (Battery voltage)


Function:
Shows current Battery voltage.
Value:
Shown as voltage.

I31 Frequency Converter temperature (FC temp)


Function:
Shows current converter temperature.
Value:

Shown in temperature scale C or F. Switching by pressing .

I32 Condenser fan speed (Condenser fan)


Function:
Shows current speed for condenser fan.
Value:
Shown as OFF, LO, HI or OH (overheat).

I33 Evaporator fan speed (Evaporator fan)


Function:
Shows current speed for evaporator fan.
Value:
Shown as OFF, LO, HI or OH (overheat).

39 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

I34 Evaporator heating (Evaporator heater)


Function:
Shows current on/off-cycle of evaporator heating element. Pulse Wide Modulation
Value:
Shown as a percent value on during runtime. Cycle duration is 50 sec.

Operation Parameter Setting


By pressing the operation menu is selected. The icon is displayed.
Use the arrow keys and to navigate and the Enter key to select.

Operation menu includes the following parameters:

O01 Setpoint (Setpoint)


Function:
The function is used for changing the setpoint.
Change the value to the desired value and press the enter button, for 3 seconds to acknowl-
edge.
Value:
-
O02 QUEST (optional)
Function:
AUTO/OFF
Value:
-
O03 Airflow mode (Airflow mode)
Function:
Setting the control modes: NORMAL or ECONOMY mode.
If NORMAL mode is selected:
In chill mode the fans run at high speed.
In frozen mode the fans run at low speed.
The evaporator fans switch to use low speed whenever
a) The setpoint is more than (>) 0C (32F)
b) The air exchange is closed
c) Dehumidification is lower than 65% or off

If ECONOMY mode is selected:


Evaporator fans run at constant low speed.
The operator switches manually to economy mode
Value:
Function set to NORMAL, ECONOMY. Default is NORMAL.

O04 Reference relative humidity setting (Humidity setpoint)


Function:
Setting of reference relative humidity. Note that container relative humidity is only reducable.
Value:
Shown as Off or a percent value. Value can be set to Off or values from 50% to 95% in 1% incre-
ments. Default = off.

O05 Datalog interval setting (Datalog interval)


Function:
Setting of interval between loggings in the data log.
Setting the datalog interval to 60 min. (default value) allows logging of data for over a year.
Value:
Interval set to 15, 30, 60, 120 or 240 min. Default 60 min.

40 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Programs:

O06 (Programs selection menu) (PROGRAMS)


Function:
Leads to the programs sub-menu.
Value:
Press to go to the programs sub menu.

P01 Show/select active program (Active program)


Function:
Shows active program or activates selected program.
Attention: Program set points have to be set before activating the program is activated.
Value:

Shown as None, CT or MTS. Press for 3 seconds to activate selected program or stop an active
program by selecting None.
Values: NONE, CT and MTS.

Multiple Temperature Set points program, MTS


D01-Settings per step
D06 (Hours Set %RH)
Function:
Settings for step 1 to 6 of the Multiple Temperature Set points program.
Value:
D01 D06: Step number 1 6:
Hours: Defines how many hours the temperature set point is used (from 1 to 999 hours). When set
point from Set is in-range, the time starts.
Setting Hours to Off clears all settings in this step and the succeeding steps.

Set: The set point temperature to use for this step. This set point will be used as the main set
point even if the program is aborted. Temperature change per hour (ramp) is fixed for cool
ing, and change is done with maximum cooling capacity available. Heat up is fixed to be
done by 0.1C temperature increase per hour.
%RH: De-humidification - humidity set point. Values: Off, 50% 95%. Off means the controller
maintains as high humidity as possible, at all other values the controller will use the
humidity set point to maintain de-humidification. De-humidification is active immediately
when the step starts including under temperature ramps.

The Multiple Temperature Set points program stops automatically if the unit has been powered off
for more than 48 hours.

41 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Cold Treatment program, CT


B01-Duration of treatment
B05 (CT Status)

Loading cargo

Pull down to Cold Treatment


treatment Ramp up temp. passed
= 0.1 C/hour
O01 = set-point
B01 = Cold Treatment

B03 = Cold Treatment


1 2 Cold Treatment
done or failed

Start cold treatment at 1 or 2


Cold Treatment can only be started when all Tusda sensors are in function.
If one or more Tusda sensors fail under the Cold Treatment period, the treatment temperature is
kept as set point for the whole trip. When Cold Treatment is done without any sensor failure, CT
pass is written in the display status text. When Cold Treatment is done with 1 or 2 sensor failures,
CT done is written in the display (see Display p.26). When Cold Treatment is done with 3 sensor
failures, CT fail is written in the display (see Display p.26).
The CT-status will be displayed until:
Program status set to none
Initiated PTI
Power off more than 48 hours
Termination of an active CT can only be done by manually setting active program (P01) to none or
if the unit has been powered off for more than 48 hours.
Datalog interval during CT is default 60 min. (cannot be changed).
Change in Treatment set point during active Cold Treatment has been limited to a decrement of
2C (36F) from original Treatment set point.

B01 Duration of the treatment (Duration)


Function:
Setting of duration in days of the Cold Treatment
Value:
Values 1 99 days. The number of days to use depends on the cargo and the treatment tempera-
ture.
The treatment time is counted from the validity of at least 3 USDA sensors all showing a tempera-
ture below the maximum USDA temperature. If one or more USDA sensors is outrange and re-
turns to inrange again, the timer for the Cold Treatment will reset. CT passed shows that all USDA
sensors have been under maximum allowed temperature in the duration time in one period.
B02 Maximum allowed temperature for the USDA sensors
(Maximum USDA temp)
Function:
Setting of the maximum allowed temperature of the USDA sensors.
Value:
Value: -10.0C to +30.0C.

B03 Treatment setpoint (Treatment setpoint)


Function:
Setting of the setpoint during the treatment.
Value:
Value: -10.0C to +30.0C.
The setpoint must be chosen so that all USDA sensors show a temperature below the maximum
USDA temperature during treatment.

42 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

B04 Final temperature (Final temperature)


Function:
Setting of final setpoint
Value:
Value: -10.0C to +30.0C.
After the treatment period the cargo might need to be warmed up to a higher temperature. The
setpoint is increased by 0.1C per hour until the final temperature is reached. When the final tem-
perature is reached, the Cold Treatment program is finished and stops automatically and the CT
sign on the main menu disappears.

B05 Status of cold treatment program (CT status)


Function:
Shows status of the CT program.
Value:
Values: Not active, Active, Aborted, Pass, Done, Fail.
The Cold Treatment program stops automatically if the unit has been powered off for more than
48 hours.

USDA
Function:
The bottom line shows the temperatures of USDA sensors 1 3 and the cargo sensor.
Value:
Actual temperature measured of the sensor.
-70C indicates that the sensor is not mounted! Check alarm list to see if there should be an USDA
alarm.

Alarms
The alarm list holds all active and inactive alarms.
By pressing the alarm menu is opened. The icon is displayed in upper left corner of the display.
With any alarms in the list the icon is displayed on the main menu.

Alarm handling is to protect the unit with cargo and inform the user in case of error conditions.
The main priority is to keep cargo safe.

Alarm handling is split in 2 parts:


1. Detect an abnormal situation and report it as an alarm.
2. React on the alarms and compensate for them (AAS - Alarm Action System).

An alarm can have 4 different levels.


- Log: Information for service. Only in the datalog, not on the display.
No risk for the cargo.
- Warning: Warning of an abnormal situation, but the unit continues to operate with
unchanged or little change in functionality in actual running mode.
No risk for the cargo.
- Alarm: The unit operates with reduced or changed functionality.
Risk for the cargo.
- Fatal Alarm: The unit needs service now!
Serious risk for the cargo!

All errors in the 4 levels can have two states: Active or Inactive.
- Active: The alarm is active.
- Inactive: The alarm is no longer active. The alarm can be acknowledged from the
alarm list.

The 4 alarm levels will be treated by the controller in the following way:

43 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Alarm type Datalog Alarm list Red LED Cargo risk


Log Yes No OFF No risk for the cargo
Warning Yes Yes OFF No risk for the cargo
Alarm Yes Yes SLOW FLASH Risk for the cargo
2% ON, 98 % OFF
Duty time of 3 sec
Fatal Alarm Yes Yes QUICK FLASH Serious risk for the
80% ON, 20 % OFF cargo!
Duty time of 1 sec

Alarm handling is made to detect abnormal situations, possibly solve problems and report the
problems. The alarm types indicate for the operator how severe the problem is for the safety of
the cargo.
Some problems are fluctuant where the problem may be fixed if the unit restarts. Some of the
alarms are only warnings but will restart the unit to try to solve the problem. There is an individual
time out period for the alarms. A warning will not stop the unit permanently!
If a problem with warning type continues to be active over a period, the problem seems to be of a
more stable and therefore more severe character and another alarm is triggered with alarm type
Alarm.

The AAS - Alarm Action System will substitute a missing or malfunctioning sensor with one of the
other sensors and thereby try to keep the cargo safe and well as long as absolutely possible. The
substitution may lead to a deteriorated control precision, especially in the freeze mode, but the
unit is not stopped fully until there are no further sensors to substitute with. The unit may try to
restart to see if the malfunctioning is fluctuant.
For example if there is no substitution for a sensor or the substitute sensor is also faulty, alarm
611 Too many sensor err is raised and the specific sensor(s) are listed separately in the alarm
list.

The alarm list can include a maximum of 16 active/inactive alarms.


In case of an empty alarm list, + No alarms is shown.

An active alarm is shown as Acc AAnnn, where cc is the list number from 01 to 16, and nnn is the
actual alarm number.
An inactive alarm is shown as Acc IAnnn, where cc is the list number from 01 to 16, and nnn is the
actual alarm number.

An active alarm is not deletable from the list, but may change to inactive state by eliminating the
cause of the alarm.
An inactive alarm is deletable from the list by pressing during alarm displaying.

Service Function Setting/Viewing


By pressing the service menu is selected. The icon appears in the display.
Service menu consists of various sub-menus. Use the arrow keys and to navigate and the
Enter key to open a sub-menu. By pressing , the display returns to service menu. See also
Using the cursor p.29 and Changing a parameter value p.29

Service menu consists of the following sub-menus:


Manual operation (M01 M08) Manual start/stop of motors etc.
Datalog view (L01 L03) View of temperature log.
Time adjust (C01 C05) Setting of date and time.
Run time counters (R01 R05) View of running hours for unit, comp. etc.
Configuration (F01 F09) Software version

44 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Manual operations:
M01 Operating mode (Operating mode)
Function:
Start/stop of operating mode.
If operating mode is MANUAL, controller stops, and by means of menu items M02 to M08 heaters,
motors and valves may be manually operated. In menu item M05 compressor frequency is set.
In case of no keyboard activities for 5 min., manual mode is automatically deactivated and unit
starts automatically up.

Note that the Star Cool should only be set in the manual mode by trained service
personnel!

Value:
Set to MANUAL or AUTOMATIC.
The bottom line on the menu shows the current consumption in the three phases (motor and
heater) and for the frequency converter I1, I2, I3, FC.

M02 Turn the evaporator heater on/off (Evaporator heater)


Function:
Manual heater on/off. Note that value is only accepted if control is in the manual mode (menu item
M01 is MANUAL).
Value:
Set to ON or OFF.

M03 Turn the evaporator fan on/off (Evaporator fan)


Function:
Manual evaporator fan on/off. Note that value is only accepted if control is in the manual mode
(menu item M01 is MANUAL).
Value:
Set to OFF, LO (low speed) or HI (high speed).

M04 Turn the condenser fan on/off (Condenser fan)


Function:
Manual condenser fan on/off . Note that value is only accepted if control is in the manual mode
(menu item M01 is MANUAL).
Value:
Set to OFF, LO (low speed) or HI (high speed).

M05 Setting of compressor frequency/capacity


(Compressor freq)
Function:
Manual setting of compressor frequency. Note that value is only accepted if control is in the manu-
al mode (menu item M01 is MANUAL).
MANUAL: Compressor frequency is set.
Value:
MANUAL: Set to OFF (compressor stop) or value between 15 and 110 Hz.

M06 Setting of expansion valve % opening (Expansion valve)


Function:
Manual setting of expansion valve % opening. Note that value is only accepted if control is in the
manual mode (menu item M01 is MANUAL) and compressor is not running.
Value:
Set from 0 to 100%. Set from 0 to 100%.

M07 Setting of hotgas valve % opening (Hotgas valve)


Function:
Manual setting of hotgas valve % opening. Note that value is only accepted if control is in the

45 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

manual mode (menu item M01 is MANUAL).


Value:
Set from 0 to 100%.

M08 Setting of economizer valve % opening (Economizer valve)


Function:
Manual setting of economizer valve % opening. Note that value is only accepted if control is in the
manual mode (menu item M01 is MANUAL).
Value:
Set from 0 to 100%.

Datalog view:

L01 Viewing log of temperatures (Temperatures)


Function:
Viewing of logged temperatures.
Value:
The following temperatures can be viewed: Setpoint temperature, supply air temperature, return
air temperature, relative humidity%, air exchange m3/hour, USDA 1 +2 + 3 temperatures and
cargo temperature.
When entering the menu, the newest logged temperatures are always shown.

Press to toggle between stored set of temperatures: Setpoint temperature + supply air tem-
perature, return air temperature, relative humidity%, air exchange and the other set of tempera-
tures: USDA 1 +2 + 3 temperatures and cargo temperature.
To move one page up, press , or down, press , to list the previous or next page of stored
set of values from the data log.

L03 Viewing log of temperatures (Graph)


Function:

Viewing of logged temperatures. Press on the main menu to get directly to this menu.
Value:
The following data can be viewed: Setpoint temperature, supply air temperature, return air tem-
perature, USDA 1 +2 + 3 temperatures and cargo temperature.
When entering the menu, the newest logged temperatures are always shown.

The number under the text Ref shows the temperature at the mark, ex. 5C.

Press to toggle between stored set of temperatures: Setpoint temperature + supply air tem-
perature, return air temperature and the other set of temperatures: USDA 1 +2 + 3 temperatures
and cargo temperature.

Press up or down to show newer or older stored set of values from the data log.

Press to change between the 4 zooming levels. The blank and black bar at the right-most
edge shows a scale of
1C per bar.

Time adjust:
C01 Setting of year (GMT-Year)
Function:
Setting of year.
Value:

46 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Set from 1999 to 2099.

C02 Setting of month (GMT-Month)


Function:
Setting of month.
Value:
Set from 1 to 12.

C03 Setting of day (GMT-Day)


Function:
Setting of day.
Value:
Set from 1 to 31.

C04 Setting of hours (GMT-Hour)


Function:
Setting of hours.
Value:
Set from 0 to 23.

C05 Setting of min. (GMT-Minute)


Function:
Setting of min. Note: when min. are set, sec. are set to 00.
Value:
Set from 0 to 59.

Run time counters:


R01 Viewing of operation hours for the Star Cool unit (Unit)
Function:
Viewing of Star Cool unit operation hours.
Value:
Shown as hours.

R02 Viewing of compressor operation hours (Compressor)


Function:
Viewing of compressor operation hours.
Value:
Shown as hours.

R03 Viewing of evaporator fan operation hours (Evaporator fan)


Function:
Viewing of evaporator fan operation hours.
Value:
Shown as hours.

R04 Viewing of condenser fan operation hours (Condenser fan)


Function:
Viewing of condenser fan operation hours.
Value:
Shown as hours.

R05 Viewing of heater operation hours (Evaporator heater)


Function:
Viewing of heater operation hours.
Value:
Shown as hours.

47 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Configuration:
F01 Container ID viewing (Container)
Function:
Viewing of container ID.
Value:
Shown in the lower display line. E.g. MCID 000 001 2

F02 Software version viewing (Software version)


Function:
Viewing of software version.
Value:
-

F03 Compressor FC type setting (FC type)


Function:
Setting of actual FC type.
Value:
Setting as DANFOSS for Danfoss VLT and NONE for no FC mounted (see Emergency Opera-
tion, p.50, for specific information).

F04 Compressor frequency converter ID (FC ID)


Function:
Viewing of ID for FC for compressor.
Value:
-

F05 Setting of phase direction (Phase direction)


Function:
Setting of phase direction.
Value:
Is only possible when AL423 is active.
Default setting is Auto for automatic phase detection automatically selected when the unit has
been switched off for more than 30 min. before switching it on again.
Can be used for manual phase setting: Setting as CW for clockwise rotation or CCW for counter-
clockwise rotation.
If manual phase direction is set, heat is reduced to 60% of max.

F06 Calibration of AirExchange sensor (AirEx calibration)


Function:
Zero adjust of AirExchange sensor when the air inlet is closed
Value:

Actual value of sensor is set to zero when enter key, , is pressed.

F07 Type of low pressure transmitter (Low pres type)


Function:
Set the pressure transmitter that is physically mounted for low pressure measurement. Press En-
ter for 3 sec. to make the selection.
Value:
AKS for Danfoss pressure transmitter, NSK for SAGInoMIYA pressure transmitter.

F08 Type of high pressure transmitter (High pres type)


Function:
Set the pressure transmitter that is physically mounted for high pressure measurement. Press
Enter for 3 sec. to make the selection.
Value:
AKS for Danfoss pressure transmitter, NSK for SAGInoMIYA pressure transmitter.

48 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

F09 Serial number of controller board (Main PCB)


Function:
Shows the serial number of the controller board
Value:
-

C and F Temperature Scale Showing, Alternately


As long as the button is pressed, F is shown instead of C and PSI is shown instead of Bar.
When the button is released, C and Bar is shown again.

Permanently change to F/PSI is not available.

Shown pressure is relative to atmosphere pressure.

Viewing graph of Supply and Return Temperature


Press to enter graphical view (this function is a shortcut to L03 (see Datalog view p.46)).
To return to main page press two times.
Press to toggle between stored set of temperatures: Setpoint temperature + supply air tem-
perature, return air temperature and the other set of temperatures: USDA 1 +2 + 3 temperatures
and cargo temperature.
Press up or down, , to show newer or older stored set of values from the data log.

Manual Defrost Initiation


A manual defrost is only accepted if Tevap less than (<) 15C (59F)
Defrosting is manually initiated by pressing the key and holding it for 3 sec. The display shows
the icon as an acceptance of defrost initiation.
A automatically or manually initiated defrosting may be terminated by pressing and holding it
for 3 sec. The display will cancel the icon.

Water-cooling Activation/Deactivation
The following only applies for Model SC-MCI40-WC

Water-cooling connecting is executed as follows:


The container must be connected to the water-cooling system.
Press and hold it for 3 sec. The display shows the icon as an acceptance of water-cooling
operation. The condenser fan is deactivated.

Water-cooling turn-off is executed as follows:


Press and hold it for 3 sec. The display turns off the icon as an acceptance of non-op
erating water- cooling. The condenser fan turns on automatically.
The container can be disconnected from the water-cooling system.

If the water supply is insufficient (the water hose is jammed, the water is not running or the water
temperature is too high), the temperature in the condenser will rise and cooling capacity is de-
creasing and thereby threatening the cargo.
If the condenser temperature rises above 58C (136F), the system will automatically switch to air-
cooling of condenser by turning the condenser fan on. If the water flow is restored, the controller
stops air-cooling of the condenser.

49 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

If the temperature stays at the high temperature for more than 1 hour, an alarm is given.

The actual setting of water-cooling is remembered if the unit is switched off or there should be a
power loss.
Water-cooling is only turned off when the set point temperature is changed or when water-cooling
is turned off manually.

Emergency Operation

Warning: High Voltage. Unit must be disconnected from power. Only to be done by
trained personnel.
FC dismounted.
If FC is defective and no replacement part is available, compressor may be run in the on / off
mode.
Defective FC is dismounted and the 3 phases are directly applied to the compressor supply termi-
nals.
Also a wire-jumper has to be fitted on the remaining 3 terminals, see below figure.

In the service menu, F03 FC TYPE, the parameter NONE is selected. Unit will then run in the on /
off mode with deteriorated temperature controlling performance.

The connection for the FC is shown on below drawings:

Compressor Normal Connection Menu <S05> <F03> FC type = DAN


Top Frequency Converter
1
W L1
2
Y L2
3 Power cable from
L3 CONTROLLER BOX
V X Yellow/Green

Z 1
1
U
X 100

2
4
Communication cable from
3 CONTROLLER BOX
Bottom 2
815591C

Compressor Frequency Converter Bypass


Menu <S05> <F03> FC type = None
Top
1
2
W
3 Power cable from
Y CONTROLLER BOX
Yellow/Green
V X
1
Z
U Isolated 2
ends Communication cable from
3 CONTROLLER BOX
Bottom
815594C

50 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

External interfaces

The Star Control can be accessed externally in the following ways:

StarCool Unit

RefCon
RMM RefCon
RS 232 Powerline logfile
modem PC
RCCU-5

Controller
&
Datalogger Binary
Retriever LogMan LogView
RS 232 RS 232 logfile
socket PDA PC

RS 232

CSV-text Software
Logfile StarView HEX file
With signature PC With CRC

General requirements
1. Serial port setup is 19200, 8, N, 1
2. Unless otherwise stated, byte order is low byte first

List of terms used for external interfaces


Term Description
LM Local Monitor serial communication port on the container unit
LogMan Hand held datalog retriever terminals
LogView PC software viewer for container datalog files
RCCU Reefer Container Controller Unit (Star Control)
RefCon Powerline based container monitoring system and PC software
RMM Remote Monitor Modem for power line communication
Star Cool Reefer container unit name
StarView PC software Star Cool unit monitor

51 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Functions overview
It is defined in the table below, which Star Cool functions each device and system will support.
Function LogMan LogView RefCon StarView Controller
Display basic data 1 x x x

Display alarm list x x x

Display controller information x x (x)

Change container ID x x x

Change temperature setpoint x x x

Change humidity setpoint x x x

Change controller date and time x x x

Calibrate USDA and Cargo sensors x x x

Acknowledge alarms x x

Initiate manual defrost x x

Initiate Trip Start x x x

Initiate Function- and PTI test x x x

Terminate Function- and PTI test x x x

Display Function- and PTI test x x x


results

Retrieve datalog from unit x x x

Save datalog file (binary) x x

Save datalog file (RefCon) x

Save datalog file (CSV text) x

Display datalog file (binary) x x

Display datalog file (RefCon) x

Display datalog file (CSV text) x

52 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Erase datalog memory x

Update controller software via x


bootloader
Update controller software via x
protocol

Operate controller in manual mode x x


(1) Basic data: Tset, Tsup, Tret, RH,Tusda1..3, Tcargo, Operation mode, Ubat
(x) Not all information is visible on the controllers display.

Location of valves

1 2 3

7 6 5 4

2 3 4

1 7 6 5

Position Description
1 Discharge pressure stop valve
2 Intermediate pressure stop valve
3 Hot gas valve
4 Service valve, economizer
5 Electronical expansion valve, evaporator

53 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

6 Electronical expansion valve, economizer


7 Suction pressure stop valve

Location of temperature sensors, humidity sensor


and air exchange potentiometer

100mm

Insert depth: 60mm 100mm

Pos Description Short Number Location Accessibility


name
1 Suction temperature sensor Tsuc 1 Inside Through inspection hatch
2 Relative humidity sensor RH 1 Inside Through inspection hatch
3 Evaporator temperature sensor Tevap 1 Inside Through inspection hatch
4 Supply temperature sensor Tsup 2 Outside
5 Return temperature sensor Tret 1 Inside Through inspection hatch

54 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

6 Economizer Suction Tempera- Teco 1 Outside


ture (optional)
7 Ambient temperature sensor Tamb 1 Outside
8 Air Exchange potentiometer AirEx 1 Outside Behind fresh air cover
panel

Location of pressure transmitters, high pressure


switch and oil outlet port.

Pos Description Short name Number Location


1 Discharge Pressure transmitter Pdis 1 Outside
2 Economizer Pressure transmitter Peco 1 Outside
(optional)
3 High pressure switch Shp 1 Outside
4 Suction Pressure Psuc 1 Outside
5 Oil outlet port 1 Outside

General trouble shooting

Hints for general trouble shooting.


1. Unit will not start up.
Check that power is applied to the unit.
Check that the power fuses are not blown.
Check that 24VAC fuse (F6) is not blown.
Check alarm list and clear alarms and alarm causes.

The unit is wired for emergency operation but the parameter F03 FC type under service
menu, is not set to NONE.
The menu F03 under service menu, is set to NONE for emergency operation but the wires

55 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

have not been correctly mounted for emergency operation.

2. Unit starts but stops shortly after.


Check that the condenser motor is rotating and that the air is blowing away from the unit.
Check if the high pressure switch alarm is active in the alarm list.
Temperature sensors not working properly. Check that they are placed on the pipes and are
inside the isolation.

3. Unit is running but is not bringing the temperature down to temperature setpoint.
The cargo is very warm it takes a long time to cool it down.
The ambient temperature is very high the condenser can only cool a little so the cooling
capacity is small and the cool down process takes longer time.
The hotgas valve may be leaking so that the hot gas is by-passing the condenser and is
pumped into the evaporator and heating it up.
The expansion valve is not opening and no cooling refrigerant is pumped into the evaporator.
The condensor pressure will be very high.
The unit has been put in manual phase detecting mode and all motors are running the wrong
way. The compressor will pump correctly but there is very little cooling capacity in the con
denser and the air flow is wrong inside in the unit.
One of the motors (condenser or evaporator) is running in the opposite direction.

4. Liquid refrigerant is entering the compressor through the evaporator.


The temperature sensor, Tsuc is not working properly. Check that the sensor is mounted close
to the pipe and is placed beneath the isolation.
The evaporator sensor, Tevap is not working properly.
The pressure sensor, Psuc is not working properly.

5. Display is blank.
Adjust contrast (see Contrast adjustment of the display p.32)

Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller


A method to check if the controller is performing correct readings.
If there is a problem with a sensor or a transmitter, the X1 cable on the controller door must be
disconnected to see if the defect is with the sensor/transmitter or the controller door. The proce-
dure is:

1. Set unit to Manual Operation Mode by choosing Service Menu and Operation Mode and
changing Auto to Manual.
2. Disconnect the X1 cable from the controller door.
3. After a while enter the Information Menu. In here the following values shall appear:
a. Temperature drops to -70C
b. Psuc shows: 12.0 BarE (if AKS) or 9.8 BarE (if NSK)
c. Pdis shows: 32.0 BarE (if AKS) or 30.0 BarE (if NSK)
d. AirEx must read: 220 m3
e. Humidity: 0%
4. If one of these listed values does not appear, the controller door must be replaced.

Detailed alarm description

Alarm list
In the following all alarms are listed with a description and their causes.

Alarm text is the text shown in the controller display.


A cross to the right of Log indicates that the alarm is logged into the data log.
A cross to the right of alarm indicates that error is shown in the controller alarm list.
To the right of Light the following texts can be shown:
Off indicates that the alarm diodes are de-energized and there are no active alarms,

56 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Slow flash indicates that the diodes are turned on shortly every 3 sec. and that there are
active alarm(s),
Quick flash that the diodes are turned on 0.8 sec. every 1 sec. and that there is an active
fatal alarm(s).

When troubleshooting several alarms, it is generally advisable to start with the active alarm that
has the lowest number and then go on to the active alarms with higher numbers. Remember that
some alarms have a time out of 30 sec. and more.
Alarm list

The following list includes a view of all alarms as listed on the display and a longer text.

Id Display text Description Alarm type


1. Temperature sensor alarms
100 Tret open Return Air Temperature Sensor Open Circuit Warning
101 Tret short Return Air Temperature Sensor Short Circuit Warning
102 Tret invalid Return Air Temperature Sensor Invalid Warning
103 Tsup 1 open Supply Air Temperature Sensor 1 Open Circuit Warning
104 Tsup 1 short Supply Air Temperature Sensor 1 Short Circuit Warning
105 Tsup 1 invalid Supply Air Temperature Sensor 1 Invalid Warning
106 Tsup 2 open Supply Air Temperature Sensor 2 Open Circuit Warning
107 Tsup 2 short Supply Air Temperature Sensor 2 Short Circuit Warning
108 Tsup 2 invalid Supply Air Temperature Sensor 2 Invalid Warning
109 Tusda 1 open USDA 1 Temperature Sensor Open Circuit Warning
110 Tusda 1 short USDA 1 Temperature Sensor Short Circuit Warning
111 Tusda 1 invalid USDA 1 Temperature Sensor Invalid Warning
112 Tusda 2 open USDA 2 Temperature Sensor Open Circuit Warning
113 Tusda 2 short USDA 2 Temperature Sensor Short Circuit Warning
115 Tusda 3 open USDA 3 Temperature Sensor Open Circuit Warning
116 Tusda 3 short USDA 3 Temperature Sensor Short Circuit Warning
118 Tcargo open Cargo Temperature Sensor Open Circuit Warning
119 Tcargo short Cargo Temperature Sensor Short Circuit Warning
121 Tevap open Evaporator Temperature Sensor Open Circuit Warning
122 Tevap short Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short Circuit Warning
123 Tevap invalid Evaporator Temperature Sensor Invalid Warning
124 Tsuc open Suction Temperature Sensor Open Circuit Warning
125 Tsuc short Suction Temperature Sensor Short Circuit Warning
126 Tsuc invalid Suction Temperature Sensor Invalid Warning
127 Tamb open Ambient Temperature Sensor Open Circuit Warning
128 Tamb short Ambient Temperature Sensor Short Circuit Warning
129 Tamb invalid Ambient Temperature Sensor Invalid Warning
2. Pressure sensor alarms
200 Pdis open Compressor Discharge Pressure Sensor Open Circuit Warning
201 Pdis short Compressor Discharge Pressure Sensor Short Circuit Warning
203 Pdis invalid Compressor Discharge Pressure Sensor Invalid Warning
204 Psuc open Compressor Suction Pressure Sensor Open Circuit Warning
205 Psuc short Compressor Suction Pressure Sensor Short Circuit Warning
207 Psuc invalid Compressor Suction Pressure Sensor Invalid Warning
250 Press sensor type Wrong Suction Pressure Sensor Alarm
3. Other sensors

57 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

300 RH open Relative Humidity Sensor Open Circuit Warning


301 RH short Relative Humidity Sensor Short Circuit Warning
302 RH invalid Relative Humidity Sensor Invalid Warning
303 AirEx No connec- Air Exchange Sensor Open Circuit Warning
tion
304 AirEx short Air Exchange Sensor Short Circuit Warning
Not implemented yet
305 AirEx invalid Air Exchange Sensor Invalid. Not implemented yet Warning
306 High press switch High pressure switch is active Warning
4. Power alarms
400 Mevap 1 over heat Evaporator Motor 1 overheat Warning
401 Mevap 2 over heat Evaporator Motor 2 overheat Warning
402 Mcond over heat Condenser Motor overheat Warning
411 Unit over current Unit overcurrent Log
414 U1-2 over voltage U1-2 overvoltage Fatal Alarm
415 U2-3 over voltage U2-3 overvoltage Fatal Alarm
416 U1-3 over voltage U1-3 overvoltage Fatal Alarm
417 U1-2 under voltage U1-2 undervoltage Warning
418 U2-3 under voltage U2-3 undervoltage Warning
419 U1-3 under voltage U1-3 undervoltage Warning
420 I1 over current I1 overcurrent Log
421 I2 over current I2 overcurrent Log
422 I3 over current I3 overcurrent Log
423 No phase direction Phase Direction Not Detectable Fatal alarm
424 Power frequency Phase Frequency Error Log
425 Frequency too high Power Frequency too high Warning Warning
426 Frequency too high Power Frequency too high Alarm Alarm
427 U/f ratio low Bad power supply - over loaded / under supplied Alarm
428 U/f ratio high Bad power supply - voltage regulation out of order Alarm
429 U/f ratio Bad power supply Fatal alarm
430 Cpr connection Power Cable From FC to Compressor Faulty Alarm
5. FC alarms
500 FC missing Frequency Communication Missing Fatal Alarm
501 FC local control FC Local Mode Fault Alarm
508 FC short circ FC Short Circuit Fault Alarm Alarm
509 FC 24V fault FC Internal 24V Supply Fault Alarm Alarm
510 FC earth fault FC Earth Fault Alarm Alarm
511 FC over cur FC Overcurrent Fault Alarm Alarm
512 FC motor therm FC Compressor Motor Over temperature Alarm
513 FC overload FC Overload Fault Alarm Alarm
514 FC under volt FC Voltage Low Fault Alarm Alarm
515 FC over volt FC Voltage High Fault Alarm Alarm
516 FC phase loss FC Phase Loss Fault Alarm Alarm
517 FC over temp FC Over temperature Fault Alarm Alarm
518 FC inrush FC Inrush Fault Alarm Alarm
519 FC internal FC Internal Error Fault Alarm Alarm
521 FC high volt FC High Voltage Fault Warning Warning

58 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

522 FC high temp FC Over temperature Fault Warning Warning


523 FC phase loss FC Phase Loss Fault Warning Warning
524 FC current limit FC Current Limit Fault Warning Warning
525 FC overload FC Overload Fault Warning Warning
529 FC setup error FC Setup Fault Warning Warning
566 FC undefined FC Undefined Alarm Warning
alarm
599 FC Trip Lock FC has tripped and stopped Log
6. Operation alarms
600 No control sensors Supply Air Sensor 1, Supply Air Sensor 2, Return Air Fatal Alarm
Sensor All Malfunctioning
601 No watercooling Water-cooling fault Warning
602 Tset unreachable Tset Unreachable. Not implemented yet Alarm
603 In range fault In-range Fault Fatal Alarm
604 High press trouble High Pressure Safety Switch is active Fatal Alarm
607 AirEx open freeze Air exchange valve open in the frozen mode Fatal Alarm
609 Defrost Trouble Defrost is running Warning
610 Defrost time Max. defrost time exceeded Warning
exceed
611 Too many sensor Too many (controlling) sensors have errors Alarm
err
612 FC trouble There have been several FC alarms within short time Alarm
613 Motor trouble Evaporator Motor 1 or 2 Overheated several times or Alarm
permanently within short time
614 Humidity Humidity control deactivated Alarm
deactivated
620 Cpr start failed Not implemented yet Fatal Alarm
621 Cpr restarted The Compressor Has Been Restarted Warning
625 CT outrange Cold Treatment out of range Alarm
630 Manual phase dir Manually Selected Phase Direction Alarm
631 Fuse blown Blown Fuse Warning
8. Test alarms
800 Func test failed Function Test Fault Alarm
801 Controller Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Alarm
805 Idle current Unit Idle Overcurrent Fault Alarm
810 Mevap cur LO Evaporator Motor Low Speed Current Fault Alarm
speed
811 Mevap cur HI Evaporator Motor High Speed Current Fault Alarm
speed
812 Mevap current OFF Evaporator Motor Off Current Fault Alarm
813 Mevap direction Not implemented yet Alarm
815 Mcond cur LO Condenser Motor Low Speed Current Fault Alarm
speed
816 Mcond cur HI Condenser Motor High Speed Current Fault Alarm
speed
817 Mcond current OFF Condenser Motor Off Current Fault Alarm
820 Hevap current ON Evaporator Heater On Current Fault Alarm
821 Hevap current OFF Evaporator Heater Off Current Fault Alarm
840 Valve leaks Valve Leak Fault Alarm

59 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

842 Expansion valve Expansion Valve Fault Alarm


843 Economizer valve Economizer Valve Fault Alarm
844 Hotgas valve Hotgas Valve Fault Alarm
845 Cpr pump down Compressor pump down fault Alarm
846 FC check FC internal fault Alarm
850 PTI test failed PTI Test Fault Alarm
855 PTI Tset 5 PTI 5C Set Fault Alarm
860 PTI Tset 0 PTI 0C Set Fault Alarm
870 PTI defrost PTI Defrost Fault Alarm
880 PTI Tset -18 PTI 18C Set Fault Alarm
9. Controller alarms
900 User stop User stop was executed from PC-program Fatal Alarm
901 Measurement error Error in measurement of condensator on circuit board Warning
902 Battery Battery Malfunctioning Alarm
malfunction
903 Remote mon Remote Monitor Modem Missing Alarm
missing
904 Datalog error RCCU Data log Fault Alarm
905 Database corrupt RCCU Database Fault Log
907 Realtime error Real-time Clock Unreliable Alarm
908 Realtime invalid Real-time Clock Unavailable Alarm
909 Display error Display Unavailable Warning
910 Main power failure Main Power Fault Log
911 Battery voltage LO Low Battery Voltage Warning
912 Battery voltage HI High Battery Voltage Log
951 Power ref LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
952 Power ref HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
953 Temp ref 1 LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
954 Temp ref 1 HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
955 Temp ref 2 LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
956 Temp ref 2 HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
957 Gnd ref LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
958 Gnd ref HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
959 RH sens sup LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
960 RH sens sup HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
961 Pdis sens sup LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
962 Pdis sens sup HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
963 Psuc sens sup LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
964 Psuc sens sup HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
965 Controller sup LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
966 Controller sup HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
969 AirEx sens sup LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
970 AirEx sens sup HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
971 Pspare sens sup Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
LO
972 Pspare sens sup HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
980 Tinternal LO Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning
981 Tinternal HI Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault Warning

60 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

989 Software test ver Software test version Warning


996 Software CRC Prom CRC Fault Alarm
error
997 Eeprom error EEPROM fault Alarm

Temperature Sensor Alarms (AL 1XX)

100 Tret open Warning


Description Return Air Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of return air temperature
sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tret or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 102.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tret from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is more than 1.5 M, the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in
Tables starting starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tret. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to Tables starting starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down. Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star
Cool Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit -60C (-76F)
Replaced by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the freeze mode
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and
may then be deleted
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

61 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

101 Tret short Warning


Description Return Air Temperature Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited return air temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tret or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 102.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tret from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace sensor cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tret, it should be between
4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit +140C (+284F).
Replaced by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the freeze mode
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

102 Tret invalid Warning


Description Return Air Temperature Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective return air temperature sensor or its measuring
circuitry

62 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Active alarms AL 100, AL 101 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +140C (284F).
Accompanied alarms:
AL 100 or AL 101 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 100 or AL 101 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tret from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table in Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check
Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56 before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Sensor is defect and the missing sensor reading has been substituted by a value from
AAS system. See AAS system p.18
Replaced by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the freeze mode
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

63 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

103 Tsup 1 open Warning


Description Supply Air Temperature Sensor 1 Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of supply air temperature
sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tsup1 or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 105.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tsup1 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is more than 1.5 M, the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tsup1, it should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit -60C (-76F)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the chill mode
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

64 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

104 Tsup 1 short Warning


Description Supply Air Temperature Sensor 1 Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited supply air temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tsup1 or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 105.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tsup1 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace the sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature Tables
starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tsup1, it should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit +140C (284F)
Replaced by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the chill mode.
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

105 Tsup 1 invalid Warning


Description Supply Air Temperature Sensor 1 Invalid
Cause Indication of defective supply air temperature sensor, its measuring
circuitry or sensor not mounted correctly in unit

65 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Active alarms AL 103, AL 104 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +140C (284F).
Difference between Tsup1 and Tsup2 is larger than 1C:
1C difference for more than 30 min up to 10C difference in more
than 3 min.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 103 or AL 104 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 103 or AL 104 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Check that both sensors, Tsup1 and Tsup2 are mounted correct by
their mounting holes.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tsup1 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
5) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table, Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check
Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56 before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Value is below alarm limit -60C (-76F) or above +140C (284F) or difference
between Tsup1 and Tsup2 is more than (>) 1C (34F) for 30 min.
Value invalid for 30 sec. for alarm activation.
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the chill mode.
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

66 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

106 Tsup 2 open Warning


Description Supply Air Temperature Sensor 2 Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of supply air temperature
sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tsup2 or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 108.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tsup2 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is more than 1.5 M, the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace the sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tsup2. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit -60C (-76F)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the chill mode.
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

67 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

107 Tsup 2 short Warning


Description Supply Air Temperature Sensor 2 Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited supply air temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tsup2 or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 108.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tsup2 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tsup2. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit +140C (284F)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the chill mode.
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

68 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

108 Tsup 2 invalid Warning


Description Supply Air Temperature Sensor 2 Invalid
Cause Indication of defective supply air temperature sensor or its measuring
circuitry or sensor not mounted correctly in unit
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Active alarms AL 106, AL 107 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +140C (284F).
Difference between Tsup1 and Tsup2 is larger than 1C:
1C difference for more than 30 min or up to 10C difference in
more than 3 min.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 106 or AL 107 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 106 or AL 107 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Check that both sensors, Tsup1 and Tsup2 are mounted correct by
their mounting holes.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tsup2 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
5) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table, Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check
Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56 before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Value is below alarm limit -60C (-F) or above +140C (284F) or difference between
Tsup1 and Tsup2 is more than (>) 1C for 30 min. or upto 10C difference.
Value invalid for 30 sec. for alarm activation.
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the chill mode.
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

69 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

109 Tusda 1 open Warning


Description USDA 1 Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of USDA 1 temperature
sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tusda1 or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Defect plug inside or cable on the unit backside.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tusda1 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is more than 1.5 M, the cable or the plug on
the backside of the unit or the sensor is defect. Check plug before
replacing the sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tusda1. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit -60C (-76F) and the sensor reading has been in the valid
area since power-up.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm (X) Alarm light Off
Consequence May be incomplete USDA data logging.
If activated Cold Treatment (CT), it will be affected.
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

70 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

110 Tusda 1 short Warning


Description USDA 1 Temperature Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited USDA 1 temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tusda1 or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Defect plug inside or cable on the unit backside.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tusda1 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable, the plug inside
in the unit or the sensor is defect. Check the plug before replacing
sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
see Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are
ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tusda1. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value is above high alarm limit +140C (+284F) and the sensor reading
has been in the valid area since power-up.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm (X) Alarm light Off
Consequence May be incomplete USDA data logging.
If activated Cold Treatment (CT), it will be affected
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked inactive in the alarm list and may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

71 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

111 Tusda 1 invalid Warning


Description USDA 1 Temperature Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective supply air temperature sensor or its measuring
circuitry or sensor not mounted correctly in unit
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Active alarms AL 110, AL 109 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +70C (284F).
Difference between Tsup1 and Tsup2 is larger than 1C:
1C difference for more than 30 min or up to 10C difference in
more than 3 min.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 110, AL 109 or AL 901 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 110 or AL 109 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Check that sensor Tusda1 is mounted correct by its mounting hole.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tusda1 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
5) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table, Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check
Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56 before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Activated by UWS or AL 901
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If activated Cold Treatment (CT), it will be affected
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

72 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

113 Tusda 2 short Warning


Description USDA 2 Temperature Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited USDA 2 temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tusda2 or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Defect plug inside or cable on the unit backside.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tusda2 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable, the plug inside
in the unit or the sensor is defect. Check the plug before replacing
sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tusda2. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit +140C (+284F) and the sensor reading has been in the
valid area since power-up.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm (X) Alarm light Off
Consequence May be incomplete USDA data logging.
If activated Cold Treatment (CT), it will be affected
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

73 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

114 Tusda 2 invalid Warning


Description USDA 1 Temperature Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective supply air temperature sensor or its measuring
circuitry or sensor not mounted correctly in unit
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Active alarms AL 112, AL 113 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +140C (284F).
Difference between Tsup1 and Tsup2 is larger than 1C:
1C difference for more than 30 min up to 10C difference in more
than 3 min.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 112, AL 113 or AL 901 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 112 or AL 113 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Check that sensor Tusda1 is mounted correct by its mounting hole.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tusda1 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
5) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table, Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check
Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56 before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Activated by UWS or AL 901
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If activated Cold Treatment (CT), it will be affected
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

74 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

115 Tusda 3 open Warning


Description USDA 3 Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of USDA 3 temperature
sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tusda3 or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Defect plug inside or cable on the unit backside.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tusda3 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is more than 1.5 M, the cable, the plug inside
in the unit or the sensor is defect. Check plug before replacing
sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tusda3. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit -60C (-76F) and the sensor reading has been in the valid
area since power-up.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm (X) Alarm light Off
Consequence May be incomplete USDA data logging.
If activated Cold Treatment (CT), it will be affected.
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

75 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

116 Tusda 3 short Warning


Description USDA 3 Temperature Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited USDA 3 temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tusda3 or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Defect plug inside or cable on the unit backside.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tusda3 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable, the plug inside
in the unit or the sensor is defect. Check the plug before replacing
sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tusda3. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit +140C (+284F) and the sensor reading has been in the
valid area since power-up.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm (X) Alarm light Off
Consequence May be incomplete USDA data logging.
If activated Cold Treatment (CT), it will be affected.
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

76 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

117 Tusda 3 invalid Warning


Description USDA 1 Temperature Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective supply air temperature sensor or its measuring
circuitry or sensor not mounted correctly in unit
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Active alarms AL 115, AL 116 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +140C (284F).
Difference between Tsup1 and Tsup2 is larger than 1C:
1C difference for more than 30 min up to 10C difference in more
than 3 min.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 115, AL 116 or AL 901 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 115 or AL 116 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Check that sensor Tusda1 is mounted correct by its mounting hole.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tusda1 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
5) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table, Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check
Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56 before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Activated by UWS or AL 901
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If activated Cold Treatment (CT), it will be affected
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

77 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

118 Tcargo open Warning


Description Cargo Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of cargo temperature
sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tcargo or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Defect plug inside or cable on the unit backside.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tcargo from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is more than 1.5 M, the cable, the plug inside
in the unit or the sensor is defect. Check plug before replacing
sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tcargo. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit -60C (-76F) and the sensor reading has been in the valid
area since power-up.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm (X) Alarm light Off
Consequence May be incomplete cargo data logging
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

78 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

119 Tcargo short Warning


Description Cargo Temperature Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited cargo temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tcargo or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Defect plug inside or cable on the unit backside.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tcargo from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable, the plug inside
in the unit or the sensor is defect. Check the plug before replacing
sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tcargo. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit +140C (+284F) and the sensor reading has been in the
valid area since power-up.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm (X) Alarm light Off
Consequence May be incomplete cargo data logging
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

79 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

120 Tcargo invalid Warning


Description USDA 1 Temperature Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective supply air temperature sensor or its measuring
circuitry or sensor not mounted correctly in unit
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Active alarms AL 118, AL 119 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +140C (284F).
Difference between Tsup1 and Tsup2 is larger than 1C:
1C difference for more than 30 min up to 10C difference in more
than 3 min.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 118, AL 119 or AL 901 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 118 or AL 119 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Check that sensor Tusda1 is mounted correct by its mounting hole.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tusda1 from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
5) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table, Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check
Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56 before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Activated by UWS or AL 901
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If activated Cold Treatment (CT), it will be affected
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

80 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

121 Tevap open Warning


Description Evaporator Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of evaporator temperature
sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tevap or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 123.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tevap from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is more than 1.5 M, the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tevap. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204.
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit -60C (-76F)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

81 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

122 Tevap short Warning


Description Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited evaporator temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tevap or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 123.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tevap from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace the sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table
in Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are
ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tevap. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204.
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit +140C (+284F)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

82 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

123 Tevap invalid Warning


Description Evaporator Temperature Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective evaporator temperature sensor or its measuring
circuitry
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Active alarms AL 121, AL 122 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +140C (284F).
Accompanied alarms:
AL 121 or AL 22 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 121 or AL 122 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tevap from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table, Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check
(Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56) before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below alarm limit -60C (-76F) or above +140C (+284F). Value must be
invalid for 30 sec. for alarm activation.
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

83 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

124 Tsuc open Warning


Description Suction Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or complete lack of suction
temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tsuc or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 126.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tsuc from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is more than 1.5 M, the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tsuc. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204.
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit -60C (-76F)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Superheat control deactivation
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

84 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

125 Tsuc short Warning


Description Suction Temperature Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited suction temperature sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tsuc or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 126.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tsuc from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204 the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tsuc. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in section Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit +140C (+284F)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Superheat control deactivation
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

85 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

126 Tsuc invalid Warning


Description Suction Temperature Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective suction temperature sensor or its measuring
circuitry
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Active alarms AL 124, AL 125 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +140C (+284F).
Accompanied alarms:
AL 124, AL 125 or AL 901 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 124 or AL 125 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tsuc from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table, Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable
are defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check,
see Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56 before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below alarm limit -60C (-76F) or above +140C (+284F). Value must be
invalid for 30 sec. for alarm activation.
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Superheat control deactivation
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

86 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

127 Tamb open Warning


Description Ambient Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of ambient temperature
sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Temperature sensor Tamb or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 129.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tamb from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is more than 1.5 M, the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tamb. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204.
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit -60C (-76F)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence No consequence as to control
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

128 Tamb short Warning


Description Ambient Temperature Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited ambient temperature sensor

87 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Temperature sensor Tamb or its cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 129.
Trouble shooting:
1) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tamb from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
2) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable or the sensor is
defect, replace sensor and cable.
b) If the resistance matches the resistance and temperature in table,
Tables starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are ok.
3) Measure the voltage over the connector for Tamb. It should be
between 4.80 and 5.05V DC
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check voltage/
temperature according to table in Tables starting p.204
b) If the voltage is outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect or other sensors may be defect and pulling the voltage
down.
Check other alarms and see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit +140C (+284F)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence No consequence as to control
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

88 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

129 Tamb invalid Warning


Description Ambient Temperature Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective supply ambient sensor or its measuring circuitry
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Active alarms AL 127, AL 128 or AL 901
Temperature sensor reading is out of valid range:
-60C (-76F) or above +140C (+284F).
Accompanied alarms:
AL 127, AL 128 or AL 901 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarms AL 127 or AL 128 are active, check their trouble shooting
section first.
2) Disconnect the sensor cable for sensor Tamb from the connector on
the interface/terminal block PCB, according to the wiring schematics
inside in the control cabinet.
3) If AL 901 is active, see trouble shooting for AL 901
4) Measure the resistance between the two wires.
a) If the resistance is out of range of the resistance and temperature
table, Table starting p.204, the temperature sensor and cable are
defect and should be replaced.
b) If the resistance is within range, perform controller door check
Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller p.56 before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below alarm limit -60C (-58F) or above +140C (284F). Value must be
invalid for 30 sec. for alarm activation.
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence No consequence as to control
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 120 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

Pressure Sensor Alarms (AL 2XX)

200 Pdis open Warning


Description Compressor Discharge Pressure Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of compressor discharge
pressure sensor

89 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting Connector Pdis not correctly mounted.
High pressure sensor Pdis defective.
Cable for high pressure sensor Pdis defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 203.
Trouble shooting:
Disconnect the cable for Pdis from the connector PCB according to the wiring schematics
inside the control cabinet and from the high pressure sensor.
1) Check that the connector is mounted correctly according to the drawing for pressure
transmitter AKS or NSK respectively.
The earth stud must be on the opposite side of the cable (AKS):

1 Supply

3 Output

2 Ground

Figure for AKS Figure for NSK


2) Check the cable (measure the resistance in the cable).
If the cable is defect, replace cable.
3) Mount the cable for Pdis in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on interface/terminal block PCB.
AKS: If voltage is below 0.5V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC, continue to 4).
NSK: If voltage is below 0.37V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
AKS: If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC and this alarm is still active, replace
controller door.
NSK: If the voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC and this alarm is still active,
replace controller door.
Before replacing controller door see Trouble shooting for Star Cool
Controller p.56

Criteria Value below low alarm limit 0.1 BarE (2 Psi)


Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence No consequence as to control
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in the alarm list and may then
be deleted. Value must be valid for 120 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

90 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

201 Pdis short Warning


Description Compressor Discharge Pressure Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited compressor discharge pressure sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting Connector for high pressure sensor Pdis not correctly mounted.
High pressure sensor Pdis defective.
Cable for high pressure sensor Pdis defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 203.
Trouble shooting:
Disconnect the cable for Pdis from the connector PCB according to the wiring schematics
inside the control cabinet and from the high pressure sensor.
1) Check that the connector is mounted correctly according to the drawing for pressure
transmitter AKS or NSK respectively.
The earth stud must be on the opposite side of the cable (AKS):

1 Supply

3 Output

2 Ground

Figure for AKS Figure for NSK


2) Check the cable (measure the resistance in the cable).
If the cable is defect, replace cable.
3) Mount the cable for Pdis in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB
Measure voltage between wire and GND on interface/terminal block PCB.
AKS: If voltage is below 0.5V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC, continue to 4).
NSK: If voltage is below 0.37V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
AKS: If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC and this alarm is still active, replace
controller door.
NSK: If the voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC and this alarm is still active,
replace controller door.
Before replacing controller door see Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller
p.56
Criteria Value below low alarm limit 0.1 BarE (2 Psi)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence

91 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

203 Pdis invalid Warning


Description Compressor Discharge Pressure Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective compressor discharge pressure sensor or its
measuring circuitry

92 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting Connector for high pressure sensor Pdis not correctly mounted.
High pressure sensor Pdis defective.
Cable for high pressure sensor Pdis defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 200 or AL 201 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
Disconnect the cable for Pdis from the interface/terminal block PCB according to the
wiring schematics inside the control cabinet and from the high pressure sensor.
1) Check that the connector is mounted correctly according to the drawing for pressure
transmitter AKS or NSK respectively.
The earth stud must be on the opposite side of the cable (AKS):

1 Supply

3 Output

2 Ground

Figure for AKS Figure for NSK


2) Check the cable (measure the resistance in the cable).
If the cable is defect, replace cable.
3) Mount the cable for Pdis in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on interface/terminal block PCB.
AKS: If voltage is below 0.5V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC, continue to 4).
NSK: If voltage is below 0.37V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
AKS: If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC and this alarm is still active, replace
controller door.
NSK: If the voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC and this alarm is still active,
replace controller door.
Before replacing controller door see Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller
p.56

Criteria Value below alarm limit 0.1 BarE (2 Psi) or above 31.9 BarE (462 Psi). Value invalid for
30
sec. for alarm activation.
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

93 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

204 Psuc open Warning


Description Compressor Suction Pressure Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or complete lack of compressor
suction pressure sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting Connector for Psuc not correctly mounted.
High pressure sensor Psuc defective.
Cable for high pressure sensor Pdis defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 200 or AL 201 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
Disconnect the cable for Pdis from the connector PCB according to the wiring schematics
inside the control cabinet and from the high pressure sensor.
1) Check that the connector is mounted correctly according to the drawing for pressure
transmitter AKS or NSK respectively.
The earth stud must be on the opposite side of the cable (AKS):

1 Supply

3 Output

2 Ground

Figure for AKS Figure for NSK


2) Check the cable (measure the resistance in the cable).
If the cable is defect, replace cable.
3) Mount the cable for Pdis in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on interface/terminal block PCB.
AKS: If voltage is below 0.5V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC, continue to 4).
NSK: If voltage is below 0.37V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
AKS: If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC and this alarm is still active, replace
controller door.
NSK: If the voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC and this alarm is still active,
replace controller door.
Before replacing controller door see Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller
p.56

Criteria Value above high alarm limit 11.9 BarE (172 Psi)
Replacement by new value from AAS system
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence

94 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

205 Psuc short Warning


Description Compressor Suction Pressure Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited compressor suction pressure sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting Connector for suction pressure sensor Psuc not correctly mounted.
Suction pressure sensor Psuc defective.
Cable for suction pressure sensor Psuc defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 207.
Trouble shooting:
Disconnect the cable for Psuc from the connector PCB according to the wiring schematics
inside the control cabinet and from the suction pressure sensor.
1) Check that the connector is mounted correctly according to the drawing for pressure
transmitter AKS or NSK respectively.
The earth stud must be on the opposite side of the cable (AKS):

1 Supply

3 Output

2 Ground

Figure for AKS Figure for NSK


2) Check the cable (measure the resistance in the cable).
If the cable is defect, replace cable.
3) Mount the cable for Psuc in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on interface/terminal block PCB.
AKS: If voltage is below 0.5V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC, continue to 4).
NSK: If voltage is below 0.37V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
AKS: If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC and this alarm is still active, replace
controller door.
NSK: If the voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC and this alarm is still active,
replace controller door.
Before replacing controller door see Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller
p.56.

Criteria Value below low alarm limit -0.9 BarE (-13 Psi)

95 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Replacement by new value from AAS system


Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

207 Psuc invalid Warning


Description Compressor Suction Pressure Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective compressor suction pressure sensor or its
measuring circuitry

96 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting Connector for suction pressure sensor Psuc not correctly mounted.
Suction pressure sensor Psuc defective.
Cable for suction pressure sensor Psuc defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 204 or AL 205 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
Disconnect the cable for Psuc from the connector PCB according to the wiring schematics
inside the control cabinet and from the suction pressure sensor.
1) Check that the connector is mounted correctly according to the drawing for pressure
transmitter AKS or NSK respectively.
The earth stud must be on the opposite side of the cable (AKS):

1 Supply

3 Output

2 Ground

1
Figure for AKS Figure for NSK
1) Check the cable (measure the resistance in the cable).
If the cable is defect, replace cable.
2) Mount the cable for Psuc in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on interface/terminal block PCB.
AKS: If voltage is below 0.5V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC, continue to 4).
NSK: If voltage is below 0.37V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and cable is
defect.
If voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC, continue to 4).
3) Mount signal wire.
Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
AKS: If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 4.5V DC and this alarm is still active, replace
controller door.
NSK: If the voltage is between 0.37V DC and 4.0V DC and this alarm is still active,
replace controller door.
Before replacing controller door see Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller
p.56

Criteria Value below alarm limit -0.9 BarE (-13 Psi) or above 11.8 BarE (171 Psi). Value invalid
for 30 sec. for alarm activation.
Replacement by new value from AAS system.
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

97 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

250 Press sensor type Alarm


Description Saved FC ID does not match the current FC ID
Cause Replaced Frequency Converter or controller door
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting

Accompanied alarms:
AL 207
AL 611

Trouble shooting:
1. Manually select the type of pressure transmitters in the configuration
on menu F07 and F08.

Criteria The saved Frecuency Converter I does not match saved Frecuency Converter ID in the
controller.
Replacement by new value from AAS system.
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light On
Consequence The unit will continue operation with AAS value.
Elimination The operator has to manually select the type of pressure transmitters in the
configuration on meny F07 and F08
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive T0 Tc Type Low Type High

98 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Other Sensor Alarms (AL 3XX)

300 RH open Warning


Description Relative Humidity Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of loose connection, defect or lack of relative humidity sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Relative humidity sensor RH or cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 302.
Trouble shooting:
Disconnect the cable for RH from the connector PCB according to the
wiring schematics inside the control cabinet and from the RH sensor.
1) If the cable by inspection is defect, replace cable.
2) Dismount the sensor from the cable. Dismount the cable terminals
from the controller. Measure the resistance between the terminals at
the controller end. If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable
is defect and must be replaced.
3) Mount the cable for RH in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on the interface/terminal
block PCB.
If voltage is below 0.5V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and
cable is defect.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 10V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 10V DC and this alarm is still
active, replace controller door.
Before replacing controller door see Trouble shooting for Star
Cool Controller p.56
Criteria Value above high alarm limit 120%
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Dehumidification impossible
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

301 RH short Warning


Description Relative Humidity Sensor Short Circuit
Cause Indication of short-circuited relative humidity sensor

99 of 221 pages
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Relative humidity sensor RH or cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 302.
Trouble shooting:
Disconnect the cable for RH from the connector PCB according to the
wiring schematics inside the control cabinet and from the RH sensor.
1) If the cable by inspection is defect, replace cable.
2) Dismount the sensor from the cable. Dismount the cable from
terminal 22 in X35 on the interface/terminal block. Measure the
resistance between the signal wire coming from the sensor and
terminal 21 and terminal 23 at the interface/terminal block. If the
resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable is defect and must be
replaced.
3) Mount the cable for RH in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on the interface/terminal
block PCB.
If voltage is below 0.5V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and
cable is defect.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 10V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 10V DC and this alarm is still
active, replace controller door.
Before replacing controller door see Trouble shooting for Star
Cool Controller p.56
Criteria Value below low alarm limit 5%
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Dehumidification impossible
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

302 RH invalid Warning


Description Relative Humidity Sensor Invalid
Cause Indication of defective relative humidity sensor or its measuring circuitry

100 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Relative humidity sensor RH or cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 300 or AL 301 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
Disconnect the cable for RH from the connector PCB according to the
wiring schematics inside the control cabinet and from the RH sensor.
1) If the cable by inspection is defect, replace cable.
2) Dismount the sensor from the cable. Dismount the cable terminals
from the controller. Measure the resistance between the terminals at
the controller end. If the resistance is less than (<) 230 , the cable
is defect and must be replaced.
3) Mount the cable for RH in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on the interface/terminal
block PCB.
If voltage is below 0.5V DC, sensor or connection between sensor and
cable is defect.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 10V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
If voltage is between 0.5V DC and 10V DC and this alarm is still
active, replace controller door.
Before replacing controller door see Trouble shooting for Star
Cool Controller p.56
Criteria Value below alarm limit 10% RH or above 110% RH. Value invalid for 120 sec. for alarm
activation.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Dehumidification impossible
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted. Value must be valid for 120 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

101 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

303 AirEx No connection Warning


Description Air Exchange Sensor Open Circuit
Cause Indication of a loose connection, defect or lack of air exchange sensor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
AirEx is out of calibration
Air exchange sensor AirEx or cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 305.
Trouble shooting:
1) If the cable by inspection is defect, replace cable.
2) Calibrate AirEx see p.188
If the value shown in controller is wrong or alarm still active then
disconnect the cable for AirEx from the connector PCB according to
the wiring schematics inside the control cabinet and from the AirEx
sensor.
3) Mount the cable for AirEx in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on the interface/terminal
block PCB. If the voltage is over 4.0 V DC, sensor or connection
between sensor and cable is defect. If the voltage is between 0.2 V
DC and 4.0 V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
If the voltage is between 0.2V DC and 4.0V DC and this alarm is still
active continue to 5).
5) Check controller, see Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller
p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit 225 m3/hour
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

304 AirEx short Warning


Description Air Exchange Sensor Short Circuit. Not implemented yet
Cause Indication of short-circuited air exchange sensor

102 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
AirEx is out of calibration
Air exchange sensor AirEx or cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 305.
Trouble shooting:
1) If the cable by inspection is defect, replace cable.
2) Calibrate AirEx see p.188
If the value shown in controller is wrong or alarm still active, then
disconnect the cable for AirEx from the connector PCB according to
the wiring schematics inside the control cabinet and from the AirEx
sensor.
3) Mount the cable for AirEx in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on the interface/terminal
block PCB.
If the voltage is below 0.2V DC, sensor or connection between sensor
and cable is defect.
If the voltage is between 0.2V DC and 4.0V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
If the voltage is between 0.2V DC and 4.0V DC and this alarm is still
active, continue to 5)
5) Check controller, see Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller
before replacing controller door.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit 0 m3/hour
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current

305 AirEx invalid Warning


Description Air Exchange Sensor Invalid. Alarm not implemented yet!
Cause Indication of defective air exchange sensor or its measuring circuitry

103 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
AirEx is out of calibration
Air exchange sensor AirEx or cable defective.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 303 or AL 304 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If the cable by inspection is defect, replace cable.
2) Calibrate AirEx see p.188
If the value shown in controller is wrong or alarm still active then
Disconnect the cable for AirEx from the connector PCB according to
the wiring schematics inside the control cabinet and from the AirEx
sensor.
3) Mount the cable for AirEx in controller cabinet and on the sensor.
Disconnect signal wire on interface/terminal block PCB.
Measure voltage between wire and GND on the interface/terminal
block PCB.
If the voltage is below 0.2V DC, sensor or connection between sensor
and cable is defect.
If the voltage is between 0.0V DC and 4.0V DC, continue to 4).
4) Mount signal wire. Measure voltage between SIGNAL and GND.
If the voltage is between 0.2V DC and 4.0V DC and this alarm is still
active, continue to 5)
5) Check controller, see Trouble shooting for Star Cool Controller
p.56 before replacing controller door.
Criteria

Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

306 High press switch Warning


Description High pressure switch is active
Cause Discharge pressure is too high and the high pressure switch off

104 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting High pressure due to
Ambient temperature is over spec. limit +50C (+122F)
Manual valve after compressor closed
HP pipe damaged
Condenser fan motor is not running
Condenser blocked
Fuse F6 blown
High pressure switch or cable is defective
Wrong pressure transmitter in relation to controller settings
Pressure transmitter defect
X1 cable is defect
Controller PCB defective
Accompanied alarms:
AL 500 may be active alarm AL 604 may be or get active.
Trouble shooting:
1) The unit uses cooling refrigerant R134A and it is very difficult to operate at
temperatures above specification. The unit needs cooler surroundings, better
ventilation or water cooling.
2) If the pressure rises very quickly after start of the compressor, check that the valve
after the compressor (discharge side) is not closed or only partially open. Make sure
valve is fully open.
3) Check that there are no damages to the pipes after the compressor. Repair if they
are damaged and check cooling liquid level (R134A).
4) Check that there are no alarm for the condenser fan motor, AL 402, AL 426 and that,
the fan is rotating and that the condenser is not blocked for airflow.
5) If condenser is blocked, clean the condenser to secure cludding and dirt are
removed.
6) If alarm AL 500 FC missing is also active, the fuse F6 inside in the control cabinet is
most likely blown. Replace the fuse.
Disconnect the cable for high pressure switch from the connector PCB according to the
wiring schematics inside the control cabinet.
7) Measure the voltage between the two connectors for the high pressure switch on the
connector PCB.
If the voltage is below 15V AC, replace the controller door.
8) Check the cable (measure the resistance in the cable).
If the cable is defect, replace cable and high pressure switch.
9) Mount the cable for the high pressure switch again.
If this alarm is still active on the display, replace the controller door.
10) Look in display to see if pressure transmitter is according to settings (see
Configuration p.48 (F08)) and set controller according to transmitter.
11) If pressure transmitter type is correct, perform troubleshooting for AL 203.
Criteria Pressure is above high pressure switch safety limit. Cut out: 22.5 BarE 0.7 Bar
(326.3 psi 10.2 psi), Cut in: 15.9 BarE 0.7 Bar (230.6 psi 10.2 psi).
Frequency controller is stopped and unit stops
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination Unit restarts after 5 min. When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in
alarm list and may then be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Pdis

105 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

306 High press switch Warning


Description High pressure switch is active
Cause Discharge pressure is too high and the high pressure switch off
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting High pressure due to
Ambient temperature is over spec. limit +50C (+122F)
Manual valve after compressor closed
HP pipe damaged
Condenser fan motor is not running
Condenser blocked
Fuse F6 blown
High pressure switch or cable is defective
Wrong pressure transmitter in relation to controller settings
Pressure transmitter defect
X1 cable is defect
Controller PCB defective
Accompanied alarms:
AL 500 may be active alarm AL 604 may be or get active.
Trouble shooting:
1) The unit uses cooling refrigerant R134A and it is very difficult to operate at
temperatures above specification. The unit needs cooler surroundings, better
ventilation or water cooling.
2) If the pressure rises very quickly after start of the compressor, check that the valve
after the compressor (discharge side) is not closed or only partially open. Make sure
valve is fully open.
3) Check that there are no damages to the pipes after the compressor. Repair if they
are damaged and check cooling liquid level (R134A).
4) Check that there are no alarm for the condenser fan motor, AL 402, AL 426 and that,
the fan is rotating and that the condenser is not blocked for airflow.
5) If condenser is blocked, clean the condenser to secure cludding and dirt are
removed.
6) If alarm AL 500 FC missing is also active, the fuse F6 inside in the control cabinet is
most likely blown. Replace the fuse.
Disconnect the cable for high pressure switch from the connector PCB according to the
wiring schematics inside the control cabinet.
7) Measure the voltage between the two connectors for the high pressure switch on the
connector PCB.
If the voltage is below 15V AC, replace the controller door.
8) Check the cable (measure the resistance in the cable).
If the cable is defect, replace cable and high pressure switch.
9) Mount the cable for the high pressure switch again.
If this alarm is still active on the display, replace the controller door.
10) Look in display to see if pressure transmitter is according to settings (see
Configuration p.48 (F08)) and set controller according to transmitter.
11) If pressure transmitter type is correct, perform troubleshooting for AL 203.
Criteria Pressure is above high pressure switch safety limit. Cut out: 22.5 BarE 0.7 Bar
(326.3 psi 10.2 psi), Cut in: 15.9 BarE 0.7 Bar (230.6 psi 10.2 psi).
Frequency controller is stopped and unit stops
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination Unit restarts after 5 min. When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in
alarm list and may then be deleted. Value must be valid for 60 sec. to set alarm inactive.

106 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5


Log data
Active/Inactive Pdis

Power Alarms (AL 4XX)

400 Mevap 1 overheat Warning


Description Evaporator Motor 1 Overheat
Cause Indication of an overheated motor or a loose thermistor cable connection
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Evaporator motor 1 defect.
Defect resistances on the interface/terminal block PCB.
Cable for measuring evaporator motor 1 overheat defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Turn off unit!
Open inspection hatch and see if the evaporator fan can turn freely.
If it cannot turn, remove ice or replace the motor.
If the motor is hot, it may be overloaded and jammed or defect.
2) If the cable for Mevap1OH by inspection is defect, replace cable.
3) Disconnect the cable for Mevap1OH from the connector PCB
according to the wiring schematics inside the control cabinet.
4) Measure the resistance in the cable.
If the resistance is more than 1 M, the cable or the motor is defect
and should be replaced.
If the resistance is less than (<) 5 k, the cable and motor should be
ok.
5) Check resistances on the interface/terminal block PCB above X33 and
X34. They must be 220 k
6) Turn unit on again.
Measure the voltage over the connector for Mevap1OH. It should be
between 4.80V DC and 5.05V DC.
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check the voltage.
If the voltage is less than (<) 2.5V DC, the measurement is ok.
If the alarm after 30 sec. is still active on the display, the
controller PCB is defect - replace controller door.
b) If the voltage is outside the range, controller PCB is defect or
another error might affect the voltage. Check other alarms before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Both evaporator fan motors are stopped
Frequency controller is stopped and unit stops
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off

107 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Consequence Air circulation in container stops causing unit to stop


Elimination When overheating disappears, alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list and may
then be deleted. Control is again released, but fan motors will only be allowed to operate
at low speed for the first 5 min. If the error does not reoccur, problem will be considered
solved and evaporator fan high speed is again released.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive High limit Current

401 Mevap 2 overheat Warning


Description Evaporator Motor 2 Overheat
Cause Indication of an overheated motor or a loose thermistor cable connection
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Evaporator motor 2 defect.
Defect resistances on the interface/terminal block PCB.
Cable for measuring evaporator motor 2 overheat defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Turn off unit!
Open inspection hatch and see if the evaporator fan can turn freely.
If it cannot turn, remove ice or replace the motor.
If the motor is hot, it may be overloaded and jammed or defect.
2) If the cable for Mevap2OH by inspection is defect, replace cable.
3) Disconnect the cable for Mevap2OH from the connector PCB according
to the wiring schematics inside the control cabinet.
4) Measure the resistance in the cable.
If the resistance is more than 1 M, the cable or the motor is defect
and should be replaced.
If the resistance is less than (<) 5 k, the cable and motor should be
ok.
5) Check resistances on the interface/terminal block PCB above X33 and
X34. They must be 220 k
6) Turn unit on again.
Measure the voltage over the connector for Mevap2OH. It should be
between 4.80V DC and 5.05V DC.
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check the voltage.
If the voltage is less than (<) 2.5V DC, the measurement is ok.
If the alarm after 30 sec. is still active on the display, the
controller PCB is defect - replace controller door.
b) If the voltage is outside the range, controller PCB is defect or
another error might affect the voltage. Check other alarms before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above high alarm limit 10 K Ohm.

108 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Both evaporator fan motors are stopped


Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Air circulation in container stops causing unit to stop
Elimination When overheating ceases, alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted. Control is again released but fan motors will only be allowed to operate at low
speed for the first 5 min. If error does not reoccur, problem will be considered solved and
evaporator fan high speed is again released.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive High limit Current

109 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

402 Mcond overheat Warning


Description Condenser Motor Overheat
Cause Indication of an overheated motor or a loose thermistor cable connection
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Condenser motor defect.
Defect resistances on the interface/terminal block PCB.
Cable for measuring condenser motor overheat defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Turn off unit!
See if the condenser fan can turn freely.
If it cannot turn, replace the motor.
If the motor is hot, it may be overloaded and jammed or defect.
2) If the cable for McondOH by inspection is defect, replace cable.
3) Disconnect the cable for McondOH from the connector PCB according
to the wiring schematics inside the control cabinet.
4) Measure the resistance in the cable.
If the resistance is more than 1 M, the cable or the motor is defect
and should be replaced.
If the resistance is less than (<) 5 k, the cable and motor should be
ok.
5) Check resistances on the interface/terminal block PCB above X33 and
X34. They must be 220 k
6) Turn unit on again.
Measure the voltage over the connector for McondOH. It should be
between 4.80V DC and 5.05V DC.
a) If the voltage is inside the above range, connect sensor again.
Measure the voltage over the sensor and check the voltage.
If the voltage is less than (<) 2.5V DC, the measurement is ok.
If the alarm after 30 sec. is still active on the display, the
controller PCB is defect - replace the controller door.
b) If the voltage is outside the range, controller PCB is defect or
another error might affect the voltage. Check other alarms before
replacing controller door.
Criteria Value above top alarm limit 10 K Ohm
Condenser fan motor is stopped
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Air circulation in container stops causing unit to stop
Elimination When overheating disappears, alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list and may
then be deleted. Control is again released, but fan motor will only be allowed to operate
at low speed for the first 5 min. If the error does not reoccur, problem will be considered
solved and evaporator fan high speed is again released.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive High limit Current

110 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

411 Unit over current Log


Description Unit Over current
Cause Indication of short circuit
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The unit is using too much power.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) The voltage may have been too low for too long.
2) Check for loose connections.
3) When cargo is unloaded, run a PTI test and see if one of the motors
or heater is using too much power.
4) Check power cables for short circuits and damages.
5) Check cables for heaters and motors for short circuits and damages.

Criteria Maximum current consumption has been exceeded


Controller breaks supply
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Phase no. Current Limit

This alarm is used for service purposes, the fuses are protecting the unit

414 U1-2 over voltage Fatal


Alarm
Description U1-2 Over voltage
Cause Indication of error in container supply voltage between phases 1 and 2

111 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
The unit is supplied with a voltage above specified level.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Measure the voltage applied to the unit.
2) Apply correct voltage to the unit.
The FC will be destroyed if it is running at a too high voltage.
3) Measure the actual voltage and compare with the value in the
display. If the measurement differs the power meas PCB may be
defect. Replace or bypass power meas PCB by pressing selecting
configuration then phase direction and then cw. If condenser fan
rotates in the wrong direction, choose ccw. This action is to be
performed at every unit start up
Criteria Value above top alarm limit 525 Volt
Controller breaks supply after 60 sec. After 30 sec. the unit restarts with a normal
Controller startup procedure.
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive if another phase voltage measuring is below limit. It
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Voltage A/D Channel

415 U2-3 over voltage Fatal


Alarm
Description U2-3 Over voltage
Cause Indication of error in container supply voltage between phases 2 and 3
Trouble For trouble shooting see AL 414
shooting

Criteria Value above top alarm limit 525 Volt


Controller breaks supply after 60 sec. After 30 sec. the unit restarts with a normal
Controller startup procedure.
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive if another phase voltage measuring is below limit. It
may then be deleted..
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Voltage A/D Channel

416 U1-3 over voltage Fatal


Alarm
Description U1-3 Over voltage
Cause Indication of error in container supply voltage between phases 1 and 3

112 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble For trouble shooting see AL 414


shooting

Criteria Value above top alarm limit 525 Volt


Controller breaks supply after 60 sec. After 30 sec. the unit restarts with a normal
Controller startup procedure.
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive if another phase voltage measuring is below limit. It
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Voltage A/D Channel

417 U1-2 under voltage Warning


Description U1-2 Under voltage
Cause Indication of error in container supply voltage between phases 1 and 2
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The unit is supplied with a voltage below specified level.
Defect Power Meas PCB
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Measure the voltage applied to the unit.
2) Apply correct voltage to the unit.
The FC will not be able to maintain stable speed of the compressor motor
due to a too low voltage and therefore the unit will make a restart.
3) Measure the actual voltage and compare with the value in the
display. If the measurement differs the power meas PCB may be
defect. Replace or bypass power meas PCB by pressing selecting
configuration then phase direction and then cw. If condenser fan
rotates in the wrong direction, choose ccw. This action is to be
performed at every unit start up.
Criteria Value below low alarm limit 335 Volt
Controller breaks supply after 60 sec. After 30 sec. the unit restarts with a normal
Controller startup procedure.
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive if another phase voltage measuring is above limit. It
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Voltage A/D channel

418 U2-3 under voltage Warning


Description U2-3 Under voltage
Cause Indication of error in container supply voltage between phases 2 and 3

113 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble See trouble shooting for AL 417


shooting

Criteria Value below low alarm limit 335 Volt


Controller breaks supply after 60 sec. After 30 sec. the unit restarts with a normal
Controller startup procedure.
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive if another phase voltage measuring is above limit. It
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Voltage A/D Channel

419 U1-3 under voltage Warning


Description U1-3 Under voltage
Cause Indication of error in container supply voltage between phases 1 and 3
Trouble See trouble shooting for AL 417
shooting

Criteria Value below low alarm limit 335 Volt


Controller breaks supply after 60 sec. After 30 sec. the unit restarts with a normal
Controller startup procedure.
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive if another phase voltage measuring is above limit. It
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Voltage A/D Channel

420 I1 over current Log


Description I1 Over current
Cause Indication of short circuit in electric installations of Star Cool unit

114 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
The unit is using too much power on one phase.
Defect Power Meas PCB
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) The voltage may have been too low for too long.
2) When cargo is unloaded, run a PTI test and see if one of the motors
or heater is using too much power.
3) Check power cables for short circuits and damages.
4) Check cables for heaters and motors for short circuits and damages.
5) Measure the actual current and compare with the value in the
display. If the measurement differs, the power meas PCB may be
defect. Replace or bypass power meas PCB by pressing selecting
configuration then phase direction and then cw. If condenser fan
rotates in the wrong direction, choose ccw. This action is to be
performed at every unit start up
Criteria Value above upper alarm limit 20 Amp
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current A/D Channel

This alarm is used for service purposes. The fuses are protecting the unit

421 I2 over current Log


Description I2 Over current
Cause Indication of short circuit in electric installations of Star Cool unit
Trouble See trouble shooting for AL 420
shooting

Criteria Value above upper alarm limit 20 Amp


None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current A/D Channel

This alarm is used for service purposes. The fuses are protecting the unit

115 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

422 I3 over current Log


Description I3 Over current
Cause Indication of short circuit in electric installations of Star Cool unit
Trouble See trouble shooting for AL 420
shooting

Criteria Value above upper alarm limit 20 Amp


None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current A/D Channel

This alarm is used for service purposes. The fuses are protecting the unit

423 No phase direction Fatal


Alarm
Description Phase direction not detectable
Cause Phases may be lacking or there may be extremely high noise in one or
more phases in the detection moment
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The unit is supplied with an unstable voltage.
The voltage is unstable/unmeasurable.
The power frequency is out of specified range.
Loose flat cable between power meas PCB and terminal PCB
Defect Power Meas PCB
Accompanied alarms:
AL 424 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check or/and replace flat power cable between power meas PCB and
terminal PCB.
2) Check if voltage on all 3 phases is within specified range.
3) Verify that all 3 phases are applied to the unit.
4) Verify that power frequency is within specified range.
5) Verify that correct voltage is applied to the unit
6) Check/replace power meas PCB.
7) If 1) to 6) are ok, then replace the controller door or
set the correct phase direction on the Configuration menu F05 to
clockwise or counterclockwise.
Criteria Impossible to detect phase sequence in power supply
Controller breaks supply
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash

116 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Consequence Unit stops


Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when phase sequence can be established.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive No. of CW No. of CCW Min no. OK

425 Frequency too high Warning


Description Power Frequency Too High Warning
Cause Power generator adjusted to too high frequency
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The power frequency is out of specified range.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 423 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Adjust the frequency of the power generator to a lower frequency.
2) Verify that power frequency is within specified range.
3) Apply correct voltage to the unit
Criteria Power frequency above 66 Hz
Mcond, Mevap1 and Mevap2 fan motors forced to low speed
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Reduced capacity of unit
Elimination Power frequency within range again
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Frequency

426 Frequency too high Alarm


Description Power Frequency Too High Alarm
Cause Power generator adjusted to too high frequency
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The power frequency is out of specified range.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 423 or AL 425 may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Adjust the frequency of the power generator to a lower
frequency.
2) Verify that power frequency is within specified range.
3) Apply correct voltage to the unit.
Criteria Power frequency above 66 Hz for 5 min or above 70 Hz
Mcond, Mevap1 and Mevap2 fan motors forced to low speed
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Reduced capacity of unit

117 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination Power frequency within range again


Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Frequency

427 (Voltage/freq.) U/f ratio low Alarm


Description Bad power supply - over loaded / under supplied
Cause Power generator adjusted to too high frequency compared to supply
voltage
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Overload of power supply
Too long or to thin cables
Bad connection in plug
Accompanied alarms:
429
Trouble shooting:
1) Find better cable and or plug
2) Find failure in the supply system
3) If no AL 429, watch the unit more often
Criteria Umean is less than (<) 105 + 5.1 * frequence
Umean = (U1-2 + U2-3 + U1-3)/3
None
Controller
action
Log Alarm Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence None
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when proper supply is established.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
U1 2 U2 3 U1 3 NetFreq n/a

428 (Voltage/freq.) U/f ratio high Alarm


Description Bad power supply - voltage regulation out of order.
Cause Power generator adjusted to too high voltage
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Failure in generator voltage control
Accompanied alarms:
AL429
Trouble shooting:
1) Find a better supply
2) If no AL 429, watch the unit more often
Criteria Umean is more than (>) 145 + 5.9 * frequence
Umean = (U1-2 + U2-3 + U1-3)/3

118 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

None
Controller
action
Log Alarm Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence None
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when proper supply is established.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
U1 2 U2 3 U1 3 NetFreq n/a

429 (Voltage/freq.) U/f ratio Fatal


alarm
Description Bad power supply
Cause See AL 427 and AL 428
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
See AL 427 and AL 428
Accompanied alarms:
AL 427 and AL 428
Trouble shooting:
1) See AL 427 and AL 428
Criteria Lower limit: Umean is less than (<) 90 + 5.0 * frequence
Upper limit: Umean is more than (>) 160 + 6.0 * frequence
Umean = (U1-2 + U2-3 + U1-3)/3
All contacts are released
Controller
action
Log Alarm Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence All fans forced into Low Speed
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when proper supply is established.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
U1 2 U2 3 U1 3 NetFreq n/a

430 Cpr connection Alarm


Description Power Cable From FC to Compressor is Faulty
Cause Indication of error with power cable between FC and compressor. The
compressor is not using any power

119 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
The power cable between the FC and the compressor motor is
defect.
The current measuring circuit in the FC is faulty.
The compressor motor is damaged.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if voltage on all 3 phases is within specified range.
2) Check that the power cable between the FC and the compressor
motor is not damaged..
3) Measure that the compressor motor is not damaged.
4) The FC may be defect.
Criteria FC is running but the current from the FC is below alarm limit
Mcond, Mevap1 and Mevap2 fan motors forced to low speed
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Controller will retry after 1 min
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

Frequency Converter (FC) Alarms (AL 5XX)


For some of the alarms in this section, the FC may be faulty and must be replaced. For continuing
operation until replacement is possible, the unit can be rewired and started for emergency opera-
tion: See Emergency Operation p.50

120 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

500 FC missing Fatal


Alarm
Description Frequency Communication Missing
Cause Indication of defect FC, lack of or improper connection
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Communication with FC broken.
Power voltage to the FC not applied (wired for emergency
operation?).
Defect FC.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 306 or one or more AL 5XX may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarm AL 306 High press switch is also active, the fuse F6 inside in
the control cabinet is most likely blown. Replace the fuse.
2) Verify that cable FC-com is mounted correctly according to wiring
diagram inside the controller cabinet and not being damaged.
3) Check that power to the FC is not wired for emergency operation.
4) Verify that there are correct voltages on all 3 phases for the FC.
5) Measure with a multimeter that there is a small DC signal on the
connector PCB for cable FC-com.
a) If there is no signal: The controller PCB is defective. Replace the
controller door.
b) If there is signal: The FC is defect and must be replaced.
If there is no FC replacement available, the unit can be rewired for
emergency operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria Communication with FC not possible
Mcond, Mevap1 and Mevap2 fan motors forced to low speed
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Bytes Gf Bytes Df

501 FC local control Alarm


Description FC setting in Local Mode
Cause Indication of FC set in the local control mode

121 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Cable FC-com periodically defective.
Internal fault in the FC.
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
One or more AL 5XX may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check that the cable FC-com is connected and not damaged.
2) Switch off the unit and wait 10 min. before switching on the unit
again.
3) If the alarm is then still active, the FC is defective and must be
replaced.
If there is no FC replacement available, the unit can be rewired for
emergency operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria FC in the local mode
Mcond, Mevap1 and Mevap2 fan motors forced to low speed
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when local mode is reset on frequency
converter. Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

508 FC short circ Alarm


Description FC Short Circuit Alarm
Cause Indication of defective cable, compressor motor or FC
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Short-circuit on the FC power output.
(A16)
Damaged cable and/or plugs.
Accompanied alarms:
One or more AL 5XX may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) There is a short-circuit on the compressor motor (Mcpr) terminals or
in the motor.
Check the cable and replace if it is defect.
2) The FC is defective and must be replaced.
If there is no FC replacement available, the unit can be rewired for
emergency operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria Short circuit in compressor or its terminals. Motor current has been above 40 Amp
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop

122 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC. Alarm
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC

509 FC 24V fault Alarm


Description FC Internal 24V Supply Fault Alarm
Cause Indication of problems with FC
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Internal fault in the FC.
(A15)
Accompanied alarms:
One or more AL 5XX may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Switch off the unit and wait 10 min. before switching on the unit
again.
2) If the alarm is then still active, the FC is defective and must be
replaced.
If there is no FC replacement available, the unit can be rewired for
emergency operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria Internal 24V supply error
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC. Alarm
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

123 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

510 FC earth fault Alarm


Description FC Earth Fault Alarm
Cause Indication of problems with cable, compressor or FC
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Isolation damaged on the FC power output to the compressor.
(A14)
Defect FC.
Damaged cable and/or plugs.
Accompanied alarms:
One or more AL 5XX may also be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) The power cable for the compressor motor (Mcpr) may have defect
isolation.
Check the cable and replace if it is defect.
2) Measure resistance fase to ground (must be above 2 M).
3) The FC is defective and must be replaced.
If there is no FC replacement available, the unit can be rewired for
emergency operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria Leakage current from outlets to ground of FC. Current 3A for more than
10sec (0.00001 sec)
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC. Alarm
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

511 FC over cur Alarm


Description FC Overcurrent Alarm
Cause Indication of problems with compressor

124 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
The compressor motor draws too much current.
(A13)
Defect FC.
Condenser blogged due to dirt and residue.
Accompanied alarms:
One or more AL 5XX may also be active. Check also these alarms
before replacing anything.
Trouble shooting:
1) The compressor motor draws too much current from the FC. The
motor may be jammed or defect.
2) Turn off unit and wait 10 min. before turning on the unit again.
3) When the unit starts up again, verify that the compressor starts again
and is running.
4) If the compressor cannot run or runs very short time before this
alarm comes again, the compressor is defective and must be
replaced.
5) If the compressor can run several min. without alarm, the FC may be
defective and must be replaced if the alarm comes again.
If there is no FC replacement available, the unit can be rewired for
emergency operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
6) Clean condenser.
Criteria FC overloaded. Current above 38Amp for approx. 1 sec
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC. Alarm
may then be deleted
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

512 FC motor therm Alarm


Description FC- Compressor Motor Overtemperature
Cause Indication of defective compressor or lack of oil
Trouble This alarm is not used at the moment
shooting
(A11)
Criteria Overtemperature in compressor motor
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC. Alarm
may then be deleted
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

125 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

513 FC overload Alarm


Description FC Overload Alarm
Cause Indication of problems with compressor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting The FC cannot deliver enough power to the compressor.
(A9)
Insufficient cooling for the FC.
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 522 or AL 525 may also be active and should be checked first.
Trouble shooting:
At very high ambient temperatures and very low setpoint temperatures, the FC may get
too hot to generate enough power. Therefore it can be cooled by the refrigerant in the
compressor.
1) Check that all bolts fixing the FC to the compressor are properly fastened and
nothing is jammed between the FC and the compressor.
2) The power cable for the compressor motor (Mcpr) may have been mounted
incorrectly and therefore the cooling contact between the FC and the compressor is
not good enough.
Check the motor cable and replace it if it is defect. Fasten bolts properly for better
cooling.
3) The compressor is wearing down and drawing increasingly power from the FC. Check
other alarms if there have been more alarms from the FC.
a. If the ambient temperature is not high, the compressor must be replaced.
b. If the ambient temperature is high, the compressor and FC should be ok but
close to operating limit. Monitor unit and see if problem continues.
4) The FC is defective and must be replaced.
If there is no FC replacement available, the unit can be rewired for emergency operation:
See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria FC overloaded. Current has been above 24Amp for 20 sec.
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination The FC will be restarted after 10 min. Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when
reset by FC. Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

514 FC under volt Alarm


Description FC Undervoltage Fault Alarm
Cause Indication of problems with supply voltage

126 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
The FC is supplied with too low voltage for contiunous operation.
(A9)
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 417, AL 418 or AL 419 may be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Supply unit with correct power voltage according to specification.
2) If voltage is within specification and not unstable, the FC may be
defective and must be replaced.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria Supply voltage to FC is less than (<) 330V AC with full load.
The minimum voltage depends on the load of the FC.
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC. Alarm
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

515 FC over volt Alarm


Description FC Overvoltage Fault Alarm
Cause Indication of problems with supply voltage
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The FC is supplied with too high voltage for contiuous operation.
(A7)
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 414, AL 415, AL 416 or AL 521 may be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Supply unit with correct power voltage according to specification. The
FC will be destroyed at too high voltages and is therefore being shut
down.
2) If voltage is within specification and not unstable, the FC may be
defective and must be replaced.
If there is no FC replacement available, the unit can be rewired for
emergency operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria Supply voltage of FC is more than (>) 550V AC (800V DC)
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC. Alarm
may then be deleted.

127 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5


Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

516 FC phase loss Alarm


Description FC Phase Loss Fault Alarm
Cause Indication of lack of phase or defective FC
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
One or more phases are not applied to the FC.
(A4)
Unstable power supply (generator).
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 523
AL 417, AL 418, AL 419 may be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Verify that all 3 phases are present and voltage is correct.
2) Verify that voltage difference between the 3 phases is less than (<)
20V AC.
3) Supply unit with correct voltage according to specification.
4) If supply from the generator is unstable, adjust supply frequency
to 50-55 Hz (see Info Menu Viewing p.36 (I22)) to avoid self-
oscillation.
5) If 1) to 4) do not solve the problem, then replace the FC.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation.
Remind to use ocsiloscope for determination of unstable supply from
generator caused by uneven torque on generator cylinders.
Criteria FC cannot maintain DC filter voltage (or too much ripple in DC
voltage). AL 523 has been active for more than 50 sec.
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC. Alarm
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

128 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

517 FC over temp Alarm


Description FC Overtemperature Fault Alarm
Cause Indication of problems with compressor or FC
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
FC operates at operating limits.
(A36)
Insufficient cooling for the FC.
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 522.
Trouble shooting:
1) The FC is getting too hot. Verify that supply voltage is not too high.
2) Check that the FC is mounted and tightened correctly to the
compressor. If the FC is mounted correctly, it should not be possible
to insert an air gap gauge between FC and compressor.
3) Motor cable between FC and compressor may be jammed between
FC and compressor. Cooling of FC is unsufficient. If this alarm
appears more than once: Dismount FC and check motor cable before
mounting the FC again. Fasten bolts properly for better cooling.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria FC temperature exceeds +85C (185F), or above 78C (172F) for
more than 15 min.
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stops and restarts when FC is cooled down
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC. Alarm
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

518 FC inrush Alarm


Description FC Inrush Fault Alarm
Cause Indication of problems with supply voltage

129 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
The FC has had too many restarts within short time.
(A36)
Manual activation of contactor (K8) on/off too many times.
Loose power connection for the FC.
Loose FC-com cable for communication with the FC.
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be other AL 5XX alarms.
Trouble shooting:
1) Verify that supply power for the unit is stable and within specification.
2) Check the FC-com cable for damages and fix a loose connection.
3) Check supply power cables for the FC and fix if loose.
4) The FC may be defect and should be replaced.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria May occur if FC is activated too many times during a one minute period
(the primary side). FC has been switched on/off more than twice within 1 minute.
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Unit stops and restarts after some min
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in the alarm list when reset by the FC.
The alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

521 FC high volt Warning


Description FC High Voltage Fault Warning
Cause Indication of problems with supply voltage
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The unit is supplied with voltage above specification.
(W7)
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 515.
Trouble shooting:
1) Measure if the power voltage to the unit is within specification.
Apply correct voltage if the voltage is too high.
2) Turn the unit off for 10 min. and then start it again.
If this alarm becomes active again, the FC has an internal fault and
must be replaced.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria Supply voltage of FC has exceeded 535V AC (760V DC)

130 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If not solved, this problem can cause FC to stop due to alarm 515
Elimination Warning will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

522 FC high temp Log


Description FC Overtemperature Warning
Cause Indication of problems with compressor or FC
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
FC operates at operating limits.
(W36)
Insufficient cooling for the FC.
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
None
Trouble shooting:
1) The FC is getting too hot. Verify that supply voltage is not too high.
2) Check that the FC is mounted and tightened correctly to the
compressor. If the FC is mounted correctly, it should not be possible
to insert an air gap gauge between FC and compressor.
3) Motor cable between FC and compressor may be jammed between
FC and compressor. Cooling of FC is unsufficient. If this alarm
comes more than once: Dismount FC and check motor cable before
mounting the FC again. Fasten bolts properly for better cooling.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50

Criteria FC temperature has exceeded warning limit +78C


None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If not solved, this problem can cause FC to stop due to alarm 517
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

523 FC phase loss Warning


Description FC Phase Loss Fault Warning
Cause Indication of defective FC or lack of phase

131 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
One or more phases are not applied to the FC.
(W36)
Unstable power supply (generator).
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 417, AL 418, AL 419, AL 516 may be active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Verify that all 3 phases are present and voltage is correct.
2) Verify that voltage levels are the same for all 3 phases (diffence in
voltage below 14V AC).
3) Supply unit with correct power voltage according to specification.
4) Replace the FC.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation.
Criteria FC cannot maintain DC filter voltage above warning is more than 70V
DC peak to peak (too much ripple in DC voltage).
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If not solved, this problem can cause FC to stop due to alarm 516
Elimination Warning will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

132 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

524 FC current limit Warning


Description FC Current Limit Fault Warning
Cause Indication of problems with compressor. Error may be seen during pull-
down
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The compressor motor draws too much current.
(A12)
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
One or more AL 5XX may also be active. Check these alarms also
before replacing anything.
Trouble shooting:
1) The compressor motor draws too much current from the FC. The
motor may be jammed or defect.
2) Turn off unit and wait 10 min. before turning the unit on again.
3) When the unit starts up again, verify that the compressor starts again
and is running.
4) If the compressor cannot run or runs very shortly before this alarm
appears again, the compressor is defective and must be replaced.
5) If the compressor can run several min. without alarm, the FC may be
defective and must be replaced if the alarm appears again.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria Motor current above 24 Amp for approx. 10 sec
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If not solved, this problem can cause FC to stop due to alarm 511
Elimination Warning will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

525 FC overload Warning


Description FC Overload Warning
Cause Indication of problems with compressor

133 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
The FC cannot supply enough power to the compressor.
(W9)
Insufficient cooling for the FC.
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 522 or AL 525 may also be active and should be checked first.
Trouble shooting:
At very high ambient temperatures and very low setpoint temperatures,
the FC may get too hot to generate enough power. It can therefore be
cooled by the refrigerant in the compressor.
1) Check that all bolts fixing the FC to the compressor are fastened and
nothing is jammed between the FC and the compressor.
2) The power cable for the compressor motor (Mcpr) may have been
mounted incorrectly and therefore the cooling contact between the FC
and the compressor is not good enough.
Check the motor cable and replace it if it is defect. Fasten bolts
properly for better cooling.
3) The compressor is wearing down and drawing increasingly power
from the FC. Check other alarms if there have been more alarms from
the FC.
a. If the ambient temperature is not high, the compressor must
be replaced.
b. If the ambient temperature is high, the compressor and FC
should be ok but close to operating limit. Monitor unit and see
if problem continues.
4) The FC is defective and must be replaced.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria FC load has exceeded warning limit of 24 Amp
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If not solved, this problem can cause FC to stop due to alarm 513
Elimination Warning will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

529 FC setup error Warning


Description FC Setup Warning
Cause The setup of the FC is rejected by the FC. Either communication
problems or phase fault

134 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Defect FC.
(A37)
Accompanied alarms:
There may be other AL 5XX alarms.
Trouble shooting:
1) The FC reports a failure in its factory setup data.
See if there should be other FC alarms (AL 5XX) and if they can be
removed first.
2) Turn the unit off for 10 min. and then start it again.
If this alarm becomes active again, the FC has a permanent internal
fault and must be replaced.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria FC error reports its setup data
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence The compressor will not start
Elimination Warning will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

566 FC undefined alarm Warning


Description FC Undefined Alarm
Cause The FC has an undefined alarm/warning
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect FC.
Defect power cable from FC to compressor motor.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be other AL 5XX alarms.
Trouble shooting:
1) The FC reports an undefined alarm/warning.
See if there should be other FC alarms (AL 5XX) and if they can be
removed first.
2) Turn the unit off for 10 min. and then start it again.
If this alarm/warning becomes active again, the FC has a permanent
internal fault and must be replaced.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria FC reports an undefined alarm
FC shut-down
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Unit stop

135 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination Warning will be marked as inactive in alarm list when reset by FC.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC FC AL number Psuc Pdis

599 FC Trip Lock Log


Description The FC has tripped and stopped
Cause Alarm indicates problem with compressor or frequency controller
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Other alarms have tripped (stopped) the FC.
Defect FC.
Accompanied alarms:
There is another alarm(s), especially AL 5XX alarms.
Trouble shooting:
1) The FC has tripped due to another AL 5XX alarm and then stopped.
See if there should be other FC alarms (AL 5XX) and act accordingly
to these.
2) Turn the unit off for 10 min. and then start it again.
If this alarm becomes active again, the FC may have an internal fault
and must be replaced.
If no FC replacement is available, the unit can be rewired for emergency
operation: See Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria The FC has stopped due to an error and must be reset
FC is being reset
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence There is no cooling until the FC is ready again. The FC may need to cool down before
restarting.
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Freq FC I FC Psuc Pdis

Operation Alarms (AL 6XX)

600 No control sensors Fatal


Alarm
Description Supply Air Sensor 1, Supply Air Sensor 2, Return Air Sensor and
Evaporator Sensor are all malfunctioning.
Cause Alarm indicates that all control-relevant sensors are defective or
unreliable. See also Tempreature control and Expansion valve
control p.18

136 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Supply Air Sensor 1, Supply Air Sensor 2, Return Air Sensor and
Tevap are all malfunctioning.
X1 cable is defect.
Controller PCB defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 100 to AL 108.
Trouble shooting:
1) Verify all other sensor alarms AL 100 to AL 3XX and try to remove
these alarms.
2) If this alarm remains active, replace controller PCB.
Criteria No valid control sensor values

Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination When one of the control sensor values enters into the valid area, it is again possible to
control container temperature. For reliability reasons at least one of the control sensor
values must be valid for 30 sec. before sensor may be used as control reference again.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

601 No watercooling Warning


Description Water-cooling fault
Cause Lack of water-cooling
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Water cooling selected and no water cooling active.
Insufficient water cooling capacity.
If program is chosen, warning can occur in units without
watercooling.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 100 to AL 108.
Trouble shooting:
1) Verify that water cooling pipes are applied and water is running when
selecting water cooling.
2) Verify that the water is not too hot and not able to be used for cooling
the unit.
Criteria Compressor discharge temperature exceeds limit for water-cooling, 60C (+140F) in
more than 1 hour
Water-cooling is deactivated
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence

137 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list next time water-cooling is activated. Alarm
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Tc Wc off

602 Tset unreachable Alarm


Description Tset Unreachable. (Not implemented yet)
Cause Indication of insufficient yield
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Container doors are open or gasket defect.
Not enough refrigerant for the compressor.
Insufficient airflow though evaporator.
Insufficient airflow though condenser.
Defect hot gas valve (leaking).
Commodities are producing more heat than the cooling system
can remove.
Accompanied alarms:
Other alarms may be active.
Trouble shooting:
The unit will continue the cooling but the next steps could be checked
anyway.
1) If other alarms follow troubleshooting for these alarms.
2) Check container doors and gaskets.
3) Check if there is enough refrigerant in the unit.
Check if the evaporator is filled with ice or dirt blocking air circulation.
Check if evaporator motors can rotate. Watch fingers turn unit off
first!
4) Check if the condenser is filled with dirt and blocking air circulation.
Check if condenser motor can rotate. Watch fingers turn unit off
first!
5) Check hot gas valve for leaking. Let the compressor run in manual
for some time. Stop compressor and see if the suction pressure rises
more than normal. If valve defect, replace valve or top part of the
valve.
Criteria Tset unreachable within time limit
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence If error is detected during PTI-test, PTI-test will fail
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when Tset is reached. Alarm may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

138 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

603 In range fault Fatal


Alarm
Description In-range fault
Cause Indication of insufficient yield or defective controller
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Container doors are open or gasket defect.
Not enough refrigerant for the compressor.
Insufficient airflow though evaporator.
Insufficient airflow though condenser.
Defect hot gas valve (leaking).
Accompanied alarms:
Other alarms may be active.
Trouble shooting:
The unit will continue the cooling but the next steps could be checked
anyway.
1) If other alarms follow troubleshooting for these alarms.
2) Check container doors and gaskets.
3) Check if there is enough refrigerant in the unit.
Check if the evaporator is filled with ice or dirt blocking air circulation.
Check if evaporator motors can rotate. Watch fingers turn unit off
first!
4) Check if the condenser is filled with dirt and blocking air circulation.
Check if condenser motor can rotate. Watch fingers turn unit off
first!
5) Check hot gas valve for leaking. Let the compressor run in manual
for some time. Stop compressor and see if the suction pressure rises
more than normal. If valve defect, replace valve or top part of the
valve.
Criteria Temperature no longer in-range. Has been in range for minimum 30 min. and after that
in out-range for more than 4 consecutive hours.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence If error is detected during PTI-test, PTI-test will fail
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when in-range is reached and alarm may
then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Tset Tact

604 High press trouble Fatal


Alarm
Description High Pressure Safety Switch is active

139 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Cause Hot gas valve, expansion valve and economizer valves are all closed and
compressor is running
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Repeated high pressure alarms.
Accompanied alarms:
Alarm AL 306.
Trouble shooting:
1) See and clear error for alarm AL 306
Criteria AL 306 has been active 3 times within 30 min
Control not possible
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence Unit stop
Elimination Alarm 604 will be marked as inactive in alarm list when alarm 306 disappears.
After 30 min restart delay unit starts again and alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

607 AirEx open freeze Fatal


Alarm
Description Air exchange valve open in the frozen mode
Cause Indication of user having left air exchange open
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
AirExchange valve open in freeze mode.
AirExchange valve open in 50% - 60% RH.
Cable or airexchange sensor defect.
Accompanied alarms:
Possibly AL 305.
Trouble shooting:
1) See and clear error for alarm AL 305.
2) Close air exchange.
If air exchange is closed, cable for air exchange sensor or sensor is
defect see AL 305 for trouble shooting.
Calibrate the air exchange (see Controller System Menu decal for AirEx
calibration)
Criteria Air exchange is open while unit being in the frozen mode

Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the frozen mode
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when air exchange is closed and may then
be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

140 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

609 Defrost Trouble Warning


Description Defrost is running
Cause Defrost terminated on Tsuc
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Hot gas valve not working probably.
Defect Psuc.
Defect Tevap.
Accompanied alarms:
Maybe AL 207
Maybe AL 123
Maybe AL 610
Trouble shooting:
1) If companied alarms AL 207 or AL 123 run troubleshooting for these
alarms first.
2) Hot gas valve is not working probably. Let the compressor run by
35 Hz in manual. Open hot gas valve 50% and control the valve
function. Is the sound as usual? If not control with a permanent
magnet and test coil function.
3) If it looks like the hot gas valve is working as usual run function test
step compressor. If alarms, look for troubleshooting for these alarms.
4) If no alarms, run a manual activated defrost and follow the behavior
of Tevap, Tsuc, Tret, and Psuc
5) If Tevap or Tsuc behavior looks mysterious, control function for Tevap
follow troubleshooting for warning for Tevap AL 123 and Psuc AL 207
Criteria Defrost terminated on Tsuc above 30C (86F)
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If not solved, the defrost takes longer time than necessary
Elimination Warning will be marked as inactive in the alarm list when a defrost runs as expected.
Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Tsuc Tevap T0 Defrost time

610 Defrost time exceed Warning


Description Max. defrost time exceeded
Cause Defrost terminated on time > 45 minutes

141 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
There has been too much ice in the evaporator.
The heaters are not working/defect.
Defect Pdis pressure sensor.
Defect Tevap evaporator temperature sensor.
Accompanied alarms:
Maybe alarm AL 203 is active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check and clear other alarms first.
Condenser temperature is used and is calculated from Pdis.
2)Start a manual defrost time to remove remaining ice now.
See if there has been used current for the heaters on the information
menu - Current phase 1, 2 and 3 should be above 6 A when the
heater symbol, , is shown on the display.
If current is lower, check if there is power for the heaters.
3)Run a PTI test after the cargo is unloaded.
Criteria Defrost time has exceeded 45 min.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence All the ice may not have been melted with a deteriorated yield
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive when a new defrosting is terminated on temperature
and may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Max defrost time

611 Too many sensor errors Alarm


Description Too many (controlling) sensors have errors
Cause If too many (controlling) sensors have errors, the controller cannot
maintain correct temperature. See also Tempreature control and
Expansion valve control p.18
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
One or more temperature sensors are defect.
One or more pressure sensors are defect.
Accompanied alarms:
Alarms AL 1XX or AL 2XX are active.
Trouble shooting:
This alarm only appears when one or more controlling sensors have
failure and there are no substitute sensors.
1) See alarm list for the specific sensors
Criteria Can not substitute faulty sensors with other sensors measurements
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light
Consequence Deteriorated control precision in the frozen mode

142 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination When a sensors slot value enters valid range, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and
may then be deleted. Values must be valid for 120 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

612 FC trouble Alarm


Description There have been several FC alarms within short time
Cause The FC reports unstable operation within 30 min or a permanent FC error
within the last 15 min
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Repeated FC errors.
Accompanied alarms:
Alarms AL 5XX are/have been active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check and clear other FC alarms first AL 5XX.
Then this alarm should disappear. Turn unit off and turn it on again to
make a quicker start up after alarms have been removed.
If this alarm continues, the FC must be replaced and the unit can
meanwhile run in emergency mode, Emergency Operations p.50
Criteria There have been several FC errors within the last 30 min or a constant FC error

Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Restart time for the FC is extended to 15 min.
Elimination When the FC has been without errors for more than 1 hours, this alarm is marked
inactive and can be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

613 Motor trouble Alarm


Description Evaporator fan motor 1 or 2 or condenser fan motor overheated several
times
Cause One or both evaporator fan motors or the condenser fan motor are
overheating either permanently or repeatedly generated overheat alarm
within the last 30 min

143 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Repeated evaporator fan motor trouble.
Repeated condenser fan motor trouble.
Accompanied alarms:
Alarms AL 400, AL 401 or AL 402 are/have been active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check and clear AL 400, AL 401 or AL 402 first.
2) Check that the condenser fan can rotate freely.
3) Check that the evaporator fans can rotate freely.
4) Change the defect motor
Criteria There have been several overheating signals or a permanent overheating signal from
evaporator fan motor 1 or 2 or condenser fan motor within 30 min.
Restart delay increased to 10-12 min
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Evaporator fan motor: There is no or limited air circulation in the container.
Condenser fan motor: There is limited capacity in the condenser.
Elimination When the evaporator fan motors and the condenser fan motor have been without errors
for more than 1 hour, this alarm is marked inactive and can be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

614 Humidity deactivated Alarm


Description Humidity control deactivated
Cause Indication of defective relative humidity sensor or its measuring circuitry
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect humidity sensor.
Accompanied alarms:
Alarms AL 302 are/have been active.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check and clear AL 400 or AL 401 first.
Criteria Value below alarm limit 5% or above 110%. Value invalid for 120 sec. for alarm
activation.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Dehumidification impossible
Elimination When sensor value becomes valid, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be
deleted. Value must be valid for 120 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

620 Cpr start failed Fatal


Alarm
Description Not implemented yet

144 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Cause
Trouble
shooting

Criteria
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence No cooling of the cargo
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

621 Cpr restarted Warning


Description The compressor has been restarted
Cause No signal from FC that motor is running
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Too high discharge pressure at start up, unit will restart after a
delay.
Unit in emergency mode, but cables not rewired for emergency
mode.
Compressor defect.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be other alarms, ex. AL 306.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check and clear AL 306 first (high pressure alarm).
2) The discharge pressure is too high at start up, unit will restart after a
delay.
3) Check and clear AL 5XX (FC) alarms first.
4) Check wiring for the compressor motor, especially if unit is in
emergency mode.
5) If this alarm remains active after several restarts, the compressor is
defect and should be replaced.
Criteria The compressor did not start on the first attempt within 3 min
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence There will be a longer start delay
Elimination When the compressor has started, the alarm is marked inactive and can be deleted
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

145 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

625 CT outrange Alarm


Description Cold Treatment out of range
Cause Indication of insufficient yield or defective controller
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Difference between treatment setpoint and maximum USDA
temperature too small.
Container doors are open.
Other alarms active.
Not enough refrigerant for the compressor.
Defect or jammed evaporator motors.
Defect or jammed condenser motor.
Accompanied alarms:
Other alarms may be active, especially USDA sensor alarms AL
109 to AL 120.
Trouble shooting:
The unit will continue the cooling but the next steps could be checked
anyway.
1. Larger difference between treatment setpoint and maximum USDA
temperature:
- Treatment setpoint must be cooler.
- Maximum USDA temperature must be warmer. Attention: Will
require a longer duration!!
2. Close container doors.
3. Check and clear other alarms first.
4. Check if there is enough refrigerant in the unit.
5. Check if the condenser is filled with dirt and blocking air circulation.
6. Check if evaporator motors can rotate. Watch fingers turn unit off
first!
7. Check if condenser motor can rotate. Watch fingers turn unit off
first!
Criteria USDA measured temperatures are no longer in-range
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence Already passed treatment time will be reset
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when in-range is reached or CT is aborted
and alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Tset Tact CT duration CT remain days

630 Manual phase dir Alarm


Description Manually Selected Phase Direction
Cause Indication of insufficient yield or defective controller

146 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
The user has selected a manual phase direction.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 423 should have been active before using manual phase
direction has been used.
Trouble shooting:
1) The quality of the power frequency is so poor that the user must
decide phase direction.
Apply valid power supply to the unit.
Ensure condenser fan is running the right direction if no better power
supply is available.
2) There is a failure in the power wiring for the unit.
Check that there are 3 valid phases for the unit.
3) There is a fault in the phase direction detection circuit.
Turn unit off and on again and see if the phase can be detected now.
If phases still cant be detected, replace the power meas PCB.
4) The controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria User has manually selected phase direction
Use the selected phase direction
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence User controls the rotation direction of the motors
Elimination When switched to automatic, the alarm is marked as inactive and can be deleted
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data Active/Inactive Tset Manual phase Measured net CT remain days
dir. CW/CCW direction.

631 Fuse blown Warning


Description Blown Fuse for fan motors and heaters
Cause Indication of blown fuse
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
A 10A fuse is blown.
Unit has used too much power.
There is a short-circuit in the power cables used in the unit.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be other alarms.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check the defect fuse in the control cabinet.
Replace a defect fuse but only once! If it blows again, there is
a short circuit!
2) Remove short circuits in the power supply or cables before applying
power again.
Criteria Supply voltages U1-2, U2-3, U1-3 are ok. Power consumption too high! The average
current of the 2 highest currents is more than the double of the lowest current of I1, I2
or I3. Not checked during defrost. The evaporator motors must run.

147 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

FC will soon trip with error 516 and stop compressor


Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision and capacity
Elimination When currents are normal, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be deleted.
Value must be valid for 30 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

Alarms not used


Alarms AL 7XX are not used.

Test Alarms (AL 8XX)

800 Func test failed Alarm


Description Function Test Fault
Cause
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
One or more of the individual test steps have failed.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 8XX.
Trouble shooting:
1) See individual AL 8XX alarms for cause
Criteria One or more of the individual test steps have failed
FC will soon trip with error 516 and stop compressor
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Deteriorated control precision and capacity
Elimination When currents are normal, it is marked as inactive in alarm list and may then be deleted.
Value must be valid for 30 sec. to set alarm inactive.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive ID Test time [sec] Alarms

148 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

801 Controller Alarm


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Power supply for controller PCB defect.
Controller PCB defect.

Accompanied alarms:
Check for AL 951 up to AL 996
There may be other accompanied alarms.
Trouble shooting:
1) See trouble shooting for accompanied alarms. If none appears, then
proceed with 3).
2) Clear other active alarms with sensors.
3) The power supply or power-cable for controller PCB defect.
Measure voltage for the controller PCB.
a. If voltage is ok, the controller PCB is defect and controller door
must be replaced.
b. Measure voltage for all sensors. Should be between 4.80V DC and
5.20V DC for temperature and pressure sensors. Humidity sensor
must be between 12.00V DC and 34.00V DC.
If not ok, the sensor or cable is defect. Replace sensor.
c. Measure outlet on transformer between T3 and T4. Correct range
15.30V AC 24.30V AC. Measure between T5 and T6. Correct
range 18.86V AC 30.00V AC. If within range transformer is ok.
d. Replace controller door.
Criteria One or more of the internal reference voltages are out of limits
FC will soon trip with error 516 and stop compressor
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Step no.

805 Idle current Alarm


Description Unit idle overcurrent fault
Cause

149 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
There is a short-circuit in the controller PCB.
The power meas PCB is defect.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check cables for sensors for damages.
2) The controller PCB is defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Idle current exceeds limit of 0.3A with only controller running
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive INom

810 Mevap cur LO speed Alarm


Description Evaporator motor low speed current fault
Cause Indication of defective motor or defective supply cables to motor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Evaporator motor jammed or defect.
Evaporator motor cables defect.
Bad connection in plug
Evaporator motor cables wired wrong in controller cabinet.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check the evaporator motor fans can rotate freely. Turn off power
first!
Replace motor or make it turn freely again.
2) Check evaporator motor cables for damages.
3) Check that the evaporator motor cables are mounted correctly
Criteria Evaporator fan motors have exceeded current limit at low speed. 0.6 0.7 Amp on one
or more phases
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive INom I1 I2 I3

150 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

811 Mevap cur HI speed Alarm


Description Evaporator motor high speed current fault
Cause Indication of defective motor or defective supply cables to motor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Evaporator motor jammed or defect.
Evaporator motor cables defect.
Bad connection in plug
Evaporator motor cables wired wrong in controller cabinet.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check the evaporator motor fans can rotate freely. Turn off power
first!
Replace motor(s) or make it turn freely again.
2) Check evaporator motor cables for damages.
3) Check that the evaporator motor cables are mounted correct
Criteria Evaporator fan motors have exceeded current limit at high speed.
50Hz: 1.8 1.9 Amp
60Hz: 2.6 2.1 Amp
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive INom I1 I2 I3

812 Mevap current OFF Alarm


Description Evaporator Motor Off Current Fault
Cause Indication of defective motor contactor or contactor driver circuitry
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect evaporator motor contactor.
Defect contactor driver circuit.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check the evaporator motor contactor for defects.
Replace the contactor.
2) Check that the evaporator motor cables are mounted correctly
Criteria Evaporator fan motors have exceeded off current limit
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed

151 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed


Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive INom I1 I2 I3

813 Mevap direction Alarm


Description Not implemented yet

815 Mcond cur LO speed Alarm


Description Condenser Motor Low Speed Current Fault
Cause Indication of defective motor or defective supply cables to motor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Condenser motor jammed or defect.
Condenser motor cable defect.
Bad connection in plug
Condenser motor cable wired wrongly in controller cabinet.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check the condenser motor fan can rotate freely. Turn off power
first!
Replace motor or make it turn freely again.
2) Check motor cable for damages.
3) Check that the condenser motor cable are mounted correctly.
Criteria Condenser fan motor have exceeded current limit at low speed. 0.2 0.3 Amp
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive INom I1 I2 I3

816 Mcond cur HI speed Alarm


Description Condenser Motor High Speed Current Fault
Cause Indication of defective motor or defective supply cables to motor

152 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Condenser motor jammed or defect.
Condenser motor cable defect.
Condenser motor cable wired wrongly in controller cabinet.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check the Condenser motor fans can rotate freely. Turn off power
first!
Replace motor or make it turn freely again.
2) Check motor cable for damages.
3) Check that the condenser motor cables are mounted correctly
Criteria Condenser fan motor has exceeded current limit at high speed.
50Hz: 0.7 0.8 Amp
60Hz: 1.0 1.8 Amp
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive INom I1 I2 I3

817 Mcond current OFF Alarm


Description Condenser Motor Off Current Fault
Cause Indication of defective motor contactor or defective contactor driver
circuitry
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect condenser motor contactor.
Defect contactor driver circuit.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check the condenser motor contactor for defects.
Replace the contactor.
2) Check that the condenser motor cable is mounted correctly
Criteria Condenser fan motor has exceeded off current limit
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive INom I1 I2 I3

153 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

820 Hevap current ON Alarm


Description Evaporator Heater On Current Fault
Cause Indication of defective heater or defective supply cables to heater
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Heaters defect.
Heater power cables defect.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check the power cables for the heaters for defects.
Replace cables if they are defect.
2) The heater(s) are defect.
Dismount the power for the heaters one by one to find the defect
heater, see wiring schematics inside in the controller cabinet.
Replace the defect heater.
Criteria Evaporator heater has exceeded on current limit
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive INom I1 I2 I3

821 Hevap current OFF Alarm


Description Evaporator Heater Off Current Fault
Cause Indication of defective heater contactor or defective contactor driver
circuitry
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect heater contactor.
Defect contactor driver circuit.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check the heater contactor for defects.
Replace the contactor.
2) Check that the heater power cables are mounted correctly
Criteria Evaporator heater has exceeded off current limit
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed

154 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5


Log data
Active/Inactive INom I1 I2 I3

840 Valve leaks Alarm


Description Valve Leak Fault
Cause Indication of leakage of one or more of the valves or problems with the
compressor
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
One or more valves have leaks (defect)
Accompanied alarms:
See other AL 84X alarms for valve failures.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check and clear other valve alarms, AL 84X
Criteria Temperature indicates cooling
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive T0 T0 old Pdis Pdis old

842 Expansion valve Alarm


Description Expansion Valve Fault
Cause Indication of non-operating electronic expansion valve

155 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Cable for expansion valve mounted on wrong valve.
Cable for expansion valve defect.
Expansion valve defect.
Driver circuit for expansion valve defect.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) If there is more than one valve failure, the cables for the valves are
presumably switched.
Mount cables for valves on the correct valve.
2) Listen if the expansion valve is opening and closing. If not, then go to
4)
If the valve is opening and closing, close service valve (pos. 14 P-
I diagr.) Run FT again. If the test now is a pass, the the expansion
valve is defect and should be replaced.
3) Check that the cable for the expansion valve is not defect.
Replace cable if it is damaged.
4) Disconnect the cable for valve and measure that there is voltage on
the output for the expansion valve when it should open.
a. If there is no voltage, the controller PCB is defect. Replace the
controller door.
Criteria Pdis more than (>) 5 BarE: Max change on Pdis: 0.75 Bar
Pdis is less than (<) 5 BarE: Max change on Pdis: 0.30 Bar
Tret more than or equal () to -15C: Min change on T0: +20K
Tret is less than (<) -15C: Min change on T0: +10K
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive T0 T0 diff. Pdis Pdis old

156 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

843 Economizer valve Alarm


Description Economizer Valve Fault
Cause Indication of non-operating economizer valve
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Cable for economizer valve mounted on wrong valve.
Cable for economizer valve defect.
Economizer valve defect.
Driver circuit for economizer valve defect.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) If there is more than one valve failure, the cables for the valves are
presumably switched.
Mount cables for valves on the correct valve.
2) Listen if the economizer valve is opening and closing. If not, then go
to 4).
If the valve is opening and closing, close service valve (pos. 30 P-I
diagr. intermediate line). Run the FT again, it the test now is a pass
the economizer valve is defect and should be replaced.
3) Check that the cable for the expansion valve is not defect.
Replace cable if it is damaged.
4) Disconnect the cable for valve and measure that there is voltage on
the output for the expansion valve when it should open.
a. If there is no voltage, the controller PCB is defect. Replace the
controller door.
Criteria Tsuc not changed at least 10C (50F) when opening economizer valve a certain time
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive T0 Tc FC power PFC diff

157 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

844 Hotgas valve Alarm


Description Hotgas Valve Fault
Cause Indication of non-operating hotgas valve
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Cable for hotgas valve mounted on wrong valve.
Cable for hotgas valve defect.
Hotgas valve defect.
Driver circuit for hotgas valve defect.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) If there is more than one valve failure, the cables for the valves are
presumably switched.
Mount cables for valves on the correct valve.
2) Listen if the hotgas valve is opening and closing, if not go to step 4).
If the valve is opening and closing disconnect power to the solenoid
coil, when the valve is closed and there is hot temperature after the
valve (pos. 32 in the P I diagram), the hot gas valve has a leak
and should be replaced. Internal parts of the hot gas valve can be
replaced separately.
3) Check that the cable for the hotgas valve is not defect.
Replace cable if it is damaged.
4) Disconnect the cable for valve and measure that there is voltage on
the output for the hotgas valve when it should open.
a. If there is no voltage, the controller PCB is defect. Replace the
controller door.
Criteria Pdis more than (>) 5 BarE: Max change on Pdis: 0.75 Bar
Pdis is less than (<) 5 BarE: Max change on Pdis: 0.30 Bar
Tret is more than or equal () to -15C: Min change on T0: +20K
Tret is less than (<) -15C: Min change on T0: +10K
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive T0 T0 diff. Pdis Pdis old

845 Cpr pump down Alarm


Description Compressor pump down fault
Cause Indication of insufficient performance in the compressor

158 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting

Sensor defect (high pressure transmitter and or high pressure
switch)
One or more valves defect.
Compressor needs repair.
Accompanied alarms:
AL250
Trouble shooting:
1) If alarm 250 is displayed check the high pressure transmitter settings
and the high pressure switch
2) If only alarm 845 is displayed, check that there is sufficient
refrigerant on the unit.
3) If only alarm 845 is displayed, replace compressor valve plates.
Criteria Tc T0 more than (>) 20C.
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive T0 Psuc Pdis Tamb

846 FC Check Alarm


Description Internal fault in FC
Cause Indication of internal failure in the FC
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Internal failure in the FC
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check and clear other alarms first.
2) Check that FC cover is mounted correctly with all screws.
3) Check motor cable (Connection cable between FC and compressor).
4) The FC needs repair and should be replaced
Criteria FC temperature not increased by15C within 5 min during step 8 of Function test
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive FC temp Tdiff Umotor Current

159 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

850 PTI test failed Alarm


Description PTI Test Fault
Cause Normal function will be affected
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
There is one or more alarms.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 8XX and maybe other alarms.
Trouble shooting:
1) There are other AL 8XX alarms.
Check and clear the other alarms first. Then a new PTI test can be
run.
Criteria One or more of the individual PTI test steps have failed
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive ID Test time [sec] Alarm count

855 PTI Tset 5 Alarm


Description PTI 5C Set Fault
Cause Indication of insufficient performance
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Doors are open.
The heaters do not operate normally.
The cooling capacity is too limited.
There may not be enough refrigerant in the unit.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Verify that the doors are closed.
2) If start temperature was below +5C, the heaters may be defect.
Start the heaters in manual mode and see if the current consumption
is higher than 5 A per phase.
3) The unit may be lacking refrigerant. Check if the small red balls in the
sight glass in the receiver (water cooling unit) are not at the bottom
when the unit is turned off.
Refill with refrigerant.
Criteria Set-point +5C was not reached within the 3 hour limit
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed

160 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed


Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Tset Tact Tevap Tret

860 PTI Tset 0 Alarm


Description PTI 0C Set Fault
Cause Indication of insufficient performance
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Doors are open.
The heaters do not operate normally.
The cooling capacity is too limited.
There may not be enough refrigerant in the unit.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Verify that the doors are closed.
2) If start temperature was below 0C, the heaters may be defect.
Start the heaters in manual mode and see if the current consumption
is higher than 5 A per phase.
3) The unit may need refrigerant. Check if the small red balls in the
sight glass in the receiver (water cooing unit) are not at the bottom
when the unit is turned off.
Refill with refrigerant.
Criteria Set-point 0C was not reached within the 3 hour time limit
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Tset Tact Tevap Tret

870 PTI defrost Alarm


Description PTI Defrost Fault
Cause

161 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Defect Tevap temperature sensor.
Defect Psuc pressure sensor.
Defect heaters.
Defect hotgas valve.
Evaporator was filled with too much ice.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Defrosting is terminated when Tevap rises above +15C (+59F).
Check Tevap and Psuc sensors according to trouble shooting in
alarms
AL 123 and AL 207.
2) The heaters may be defect.
Start the heaters in manual mode and see if the current consumption
is higher than 5 A per phase else the heaters or the power cables for
the heaters may be defect.
3) The hotgas valve is not working properly and the heaters may be
defective.
Check trouble shooting for the hotgas valve in alarm AL 844.
4) See if the evaporator is filled with ice (through the inspection holes).
Be careful with the fans of the evaporators!
Criteria Defrost terminated on 45 min. time-out
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Tset Tact Tevap Tret

162 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

880 PTI Tset -18 Alarm


Description PTI 18C Set Fault
Cause Indication of insufficient performance
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Doors are open.
The cooling capacity is too limited.
There may not be enough refrigerant in the unit.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Verify that the doors are closed.
2) The unit may need refrigerant. Check if the small red balls in the
sight glass in the receiver (water cooling unit) are not at the bottom
when the unit is turned off.
Refill with refrigerant.
Criteria Setpoint -18C was not reached within the 3 hour time limit
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Test failed
Elimination Alarm may then be deleted after test completed
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Tset Tact Tevap Tret

Controller Alarms (AL 9XX)

900 User stop Fatal


Alarm
Description User stop was executed from PC-program
Cause
Criteria User stop was executed from PC-program
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Quick flash
Consequence Unit stops
Elimination User stop may be deleted from alarm list by means of keypad or PC-program. Unit will
then restart.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

901 Measurement error Warning


Description Error in measurement of condensator on circuit board
Cause The temperature measurement of the channel is faulty

163 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Measurement system of the controller is (partly) defective
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) The controller is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Temperature change is greater than 0,5C within 20 sec
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Deteriorated control precision
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when temperature change comes within
limit again. Alarm may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Active/Inactive 1 0 0 (7 ; Tref1) (8 ; Tevap)
(9 ; Tsup1) (10 ; Tret)
(11 ; Tcarco) (12 ; Tusda1)
Log data
(13 ; Tusda2) (14 ; Tusda3)
(15 ; Tref2) (16 ; Tsup2)
(17 ; Tamb) (18 ; Tsuc)
(19 ; Trccu)

902 Battery malfunction Alarm


Description Battery Malfunctioning
Cause Indication of defective battery
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The battery used for logging is defect.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
The battery is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Battery voltage is below limit for low battery alarm 6V
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Logging in the battery mode not possible. When detected during test, test will fail
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when voltage reoccurs on battery. Alarm
may then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Current A/D channel

903 Remote mon missing Alarm


Description Remote Monitor Modem Missing. (Only valid for units with rem. monitor)

164 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Cause Indication of missing or defective modem


Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
The communication cable, RMM-com is defect or unplugged.
Remote Monitor Modem, RMM is defect.
Power not connected to the RMM.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 306, AL 500, AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check that the RMM-com cable is intact and installed (internally).
2) If alarm AL 306 High press switch or AL 500 FC missing are also
active, the fuse F6 inside in the control cabinet is most likely blown.
Replace the fuse.
3) If there is no light in the Power LED of the RMM:
Check that power is applied to the RMM.
If power is applied, the RMM is defect and must be replaced.
4) Check the status LEDs of the RMM. Power must be ON, Error must be
off. Replace RMM if not ok.
5) Check cable to controller door. If AL 903 is still, active replace
controller door
Criteria Powerline monitor communication not possible
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Container may drop out of remote monitor system
Elimination Check / replace modem or connection
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

904 Datalog error Alarm


Description RCCU Data log Fault
Cause Circuit for storing the datalog is faulty
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Datalog in controller has become defect.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
The unit will continue its temperature control, but the logging of data is
unreliable.
1) Controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Controller data log corrupted

Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Data logging unreliable. Temperature control is functioning

165 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive 1 = R, W = 2

905 Database corrupt Log


Description RCCU Database Faulty
Cause Failed validation of EEPROM backup
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Controller PCB defect.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Controller database corrupted
Default value preset
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence Parameters may have changed
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

907 Realtime error Alarm


Description Real-time Clock Unreliable
Cause Real-time clock battery defect
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Real-time clock battery defect.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Turn on the unit and let it run for a couple of hours
2) Real-time clock battery defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria No acknowledge from real time clock

Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Invalid date/time setting in datalog
Elimination Check / replace real-time clock battery. Set time. Alarm may then be deleted
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

166 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

908 Realtime invalid Alarm


Description Real-time Clock Unavailable
Cause Real-time clock battery defect
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Real-time clock battery defect.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Real-time clock battery defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Invalid reply from real time clock

Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence Invalid date/time setting in datalog
Elimination Check / replace real-time clock battery. Set time. Alarm may then be deleted
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

909 Display error Warning


Description Display Unavailable
Cause Indication of defective display or defective display driver circuitry
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect cable from controller PCB to display.
Defect display.
Defect controller PCB
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
The unit will continue temperature control, but settings and operation
are not visible on the display.
1) Try to adjust contrast. See Contrast adjustment of the display
p.32
2) Turn unit off, wait 2 min. and turn it on again. If the problem is still
there, replace the controller door.
Criteria Display communication not possible

Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence Cannot show data for user (use PC-program or RMM). Every 30 sec. retry to reinitiate
the display is made.
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list if the error disappears. Alarm may then be
deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

167 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

910 Main power failure Log


Description Main Power Fault
Cause Indication of insufficient supply voltage
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Unstable or insufficient power supply.
Accompanied alarms:
N/A.
Trouble shooting:
1) Supply unit with power according to specification.
Criteria Supply voltage below warning limit
Controller tries safe close-down. If power reappears, system restarts and triggers this
Controller alarm.
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

911 Battery voltage LO Warning


Description Low Battery Voltage
Cause Indication of defective battery
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Battery too old, defective or used.
Battery cables defective.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check that connectors/cables for the battery are not damaged.
If so replace the battery.
Criteria Battery voltage below warning limit for low battery voltage 7V
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence If main power is removed, data logging may not be possible
Elimination Alarm will be marked as inactive in alarm list when battery voltage reoccurs. Alarm may
then be deleted.
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual

912 Battery voltage HI Log


Description High Battery Voltage
Cause

168 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Battery defect.
Battery cables defect.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check that cables for the battery are not damaged and in contact
with other voltages.
If so replace the battery.
Criteria Battery voltage above warning limit for high battery voltage 10V
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence If main power is removed, data logging may not be possible
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual

Internal Voltage Reference Alarms

951 Power ref LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect sensor pulling power supply down.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V AC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has a short circuit or other damages.
If ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Power ref below 2.25V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination

169 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5


Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured voltage is internal on the controller PCB and cannot easily be measured

952 Power ref HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has an open circuit or other damages.
If voltages are ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Power ref above 2.75 V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured voltage is internal on the controller PCB and ca not easily be measured

953 Temp ref 1 LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault

170 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect sensor pulling power supply down.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has a short circuit or other damages.
If ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage 1 below 4.80V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured voltage is internal on the controller PCB and cannot easily be measured

954 Temp ref 1 HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has an open circuit or other damages.
If voltages are ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence

171 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured voltage is internal on the controller PCB and cannot easily be measured

955 Temp ref 2 LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect sensor pulling power supply down.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has a short circuit or other damage.
If ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage 2 below 4.80V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured voltage is internal on the controller PCB and cannot easily be measured

956 Temp ref 2 HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault

172 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has an open circuit or other damages.
If voltages are ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage 2 above 5.20V DC

Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

957 Gnd ref LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has a short circuit or other damages.
If voltages are ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Ground reference voltage below 0.0V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination

173 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5


Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured voltage is internal on the controller PCB and cannot easily be measured

958 Gnd ref HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has an open circuit or other damages.
If voltages are ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Ground reference voltage above 0.2V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured voltage is internal on the controller PCB and cannot easily be measured

174 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

959 RH sens sup LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect relative humidity sensor.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms, especially AL 302.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.

2) Access the special menu by pressing for more than 3 sec.


Scroll down until you see the label U RH in the display.
The value of U RH should be in the range between 16 and 32.
While displaying U RH, disconnect RH from the terminals PCB, and:
If U RH is now within the correct range, the RH sensor is defect.
Replace the relative humidity sensor, RH.
If U RH is still outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage RH below 12.0V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

175 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

960 RH sens sup HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Too high voltage for the unit.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check if power supply voltage for the unit is within specification.
- If the voltage is too high, temperature control and humidity control
will be affected and the unit may get damaged. Supply unit with
power according to specification.
If the voltage is ok, the controller PCB is defect. Replace controller
door.

3) Access the special menu by pressing for more than 3 sec.


Scroll down until you see the label U RH in the display.
The value of U RH should be in the range between 16 and 32.
While displaying U RH, disconnect RH from the terminals.
If U RH is now inside the above range the RH sensor is defect.
Replace the relative humidity sensor, RH.

If U RH is still outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage RH above 34.0V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

176 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

961 Pdis sens sup LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect Pdis pressure sensor.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms, especially AL 203.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.

2) Access the special menu by pressing for more than 3 sec.


Scroll down until you see the label U Pdis in the display.
The value of U Pdis should be in the range between 4.80 and 5.05V
DC.
3) While displaying U Pdis, remove the connector at Pdis.
If U Pdis is now inside the above range, the Pdis pressure
sensor is defect. Replace the Pdis pressure sensor.
If U Pdis is still outside the above range, proceed to next step.
4) While displaying U Pdis, disconnect Pdis from the terminals
according to wiring schematics inside in the control cabinet.
If U Pdis is now inside the above range, the cable for Pdis is
defect. Replace cable for Pdis.
If U Pdis is still outside the above range, the controller PCB is
defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage Pdis below 4.80V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

962 Pdis sens sup HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault

177 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms, especially AL 203
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) See Trouble shooting AL 961
Criteria Reference voltage Pdis above 5.20V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

178 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

963 Psuc sens sup LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect Psuc pressure sensor.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms, especially AL 207.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.

2) Access the special menu by pressing for more than 3 sec.


Scroll down until you see the label U Psuc in the display.
The value of U Psuc should be in the range between 4.80 and 5.05V
DC.
3) While displaying U Psuc, remove the connector at Psuc.
If U Psuc is now inside the correct above range (4.80 5.05 V
DC), the Psuc pressure sensor is defect.
Replace the Psuc pressure sensor.
If U Psuc is still outside the above range, proceed to next step.
4) While displaying U Psuc, disconnect Pdis from the terminals
according to wiring schematics inside in the control cabinet.
If U Psuc is now inside the above range the cable for Psuc is
defect. Mount connector correctly or replace connector cable for
Psuc.
If U Psuc is still outside, correct the above range. The controller
PCB is defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage Psuc below 4.80V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

964 Psuc sens sup HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault

179 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) See Trouble shooting for AL 963
Criteria Reference voltage Psuc above 5.20V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

965 Controller sup LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms, especially AL 1XX and AL 2XX.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) The controller PCB is defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage below 4.80V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

180 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

966 Controller sup HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has an open circuit or other damages.
If voltages are ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage above 5.20V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

181 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

969 AirEx sens sup LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect sensor pulling power supply down.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms, AL 3XX.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.

2) Access the special menu by pressing for more than 3 sec.


Scroll down until you see the label U AirEx in the display.
The value of U AirEx should be in the range between 4.80 and
5.05V DC.
3) While displaying U AirEx, remove the connector at AirEx
potentiometer.
If U AirEx is now inside the correct above range (4.80 5.05V
DC), the AirEx potentiometer is defect.
Replace the AirEx potentiometer
If U AirEx is still outside the above range, proceed to next step.
4) While displaying U AirEx, disconnect AirEx from the terminals
according to wiring schematics inside in the control cabinet.
If U AirEx is now inside the above range the cable for AirEx is
defect. Mount connector correctly or replace connector cable for
AirEx.
If U AirEx is still outside, correct the above range. The controller
PCB is defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage AirEx below 4.80V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured voltage is internal on the controller PCB and cannot easily be measured

182 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

970 AirEx sens sup HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms, AL 3XX.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has an open circuit or other damages.
If voltages are ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage AirEx above 5.20V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured voltage is internal on the controller PCB and cannot easily be measured

183 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

971 Pspare sens sup LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.

2) Access the special menu by pressing for more than 3 sec.


Scroll down until you see the label U Pspar in the display.
The value of U Pspar should be in the range between 4.80 and
5.05V DC.
3) While displaying U Pspar, remove the connector at Pspar.
If U Pspar is now inside the correct above range (4.80 5.05V
DC), the Pspar pressure sensor is defect.
Replace the sensor connected to Pspar.
If U Pspar is still outside the above range, proceed to next step.
4) While displaying U Pspar, disconnect sensor from the terminals
according to wiring schematics inside in the control cabinet.
If U Pspar is now inside the above range the cable for Pspar is
defect. Mount connector correctly or replace connector cable for
Pspar.
If U Pspar is still outside, correct the above range. The controller
PCB is defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage Pspare below 4.80V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

184 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

972 Pspare sens sup HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
There may be sensor alarms.
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.

2) Access the special menu by pressing for more than 3 sec.


Scroll down until you see the label U Pspar in the display.
The value of U Pspar should be in the range between 4.80 and
5.05V DC.
3) While displaying U Pspar, remove the connector at Pspar.
If U Pspar is now inside the correct above range (4.80 5.05V
DC), the Pspar pressure sensor is defect.
Replace the sensor connected to Pspar.
If U Pspar is still outside the above range, proceed to next step.
4) While displaying U Pspar, disconnect sensor from the terminals
according to wiring schematics inside in the control cabinet.
If U Pspar is now inside the above range the cable for Pspare is
defect. Mount connector correctly or replace connector cable for
Pspar.
If U Pspar is still outside, correct the above range. The controller
PCB is defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Reference voltage Psuc above 5.20V DC
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

980 Tinternal LO Warning


Description Controller Internal Voltage Reference Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal voltage reference fault

185 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Trouble Possible causes:


shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) The controller PCB is defect.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria Internal temperature sensor below -40C (-40F)
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured temperature is internal on the controller PCB and cannot be measured

981 Tinternal HI Warning


Description Controller Internal Temperature Sensor High Temperature Fault
Cause Indication of controller internal temperature sensor fault
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Defect power supply for controller PCB.
Defect controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) Check if there are other active (sensor) alarms.
Clear these alarms first using their trouble shooting.
2) Check voltage level of 24V DC and 5V signals to see if power supply
has an open circuit or other damages.
If voltages are ok, the controller PCB is defect.
Replace controller door.
Criteria Internal temperature sensor above +70C (158F)
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive Low limit High limit Actual value A/D channel

The measured temperature is internal on the controller PCB and cannot be measured

186 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

989 Software test ver Warning


Description Software test version
Cause Indication of Software test version loading into controller
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Test sw in the controller PCB.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) There is a wrong sw version in the controller PCB.
Update the software in the controller to the latest version.
2) There is a wrong sw version in the controller PCB.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Off
Consequence
Elimination Replace software
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive

996 Software CRC error Alarm


Description Prom CRC Fault
Cause
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Validity check of the program failed.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) There is a fault on the controller PCB.
Update the software in the controller to the latest version.
2) There is still a fault on the controller PCB.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive CRC sum CRC check

187 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

997 Eeprom error Alarm


Description EEPROM fault
Cause
Trouble Possible causes:
shooting
Check of validity of program storage failed.
Accompanied alarms:
AL 801 will be activated during FT- or PTI test.
Trouble shooting:
1) There is a fault on the controller PCB.
Replace the controller door.
Criteria
None
Controller
action
Log X Alarm X Alarm light Slow flash
Consequence
Elimination
Parm 1 Parm 2 Parm 3 Parm 4 Parm 5
Log data
Active/Inactive 1 = R 2 = W

Calibration of air exchange sensor

Air exchange sensor calibration:

1. Close the fresh air cover plate.


2. In the Service menu line F06 Air exchange calibration select START and press the
Enter button
3. Calibration is done.

188 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Replacing of unit

Handling of unit during replacement is done by means of a special yoke, see below sketch.
Depending on the model, use either position 1, 2 or 3 for the yoke.

Pos. 1

Pos. 2

Pos. 3

189 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Replacement Evaporator motor and fan

Note: Turn off main power supply for unit before replacing evaporator motor and fan.
Note: Due to high aerodynamic requierements (decreased energy consumption) sharp
edges is located in this area!

Note: The displayed model may be different from the acual model.
Disconnect the power supply to the motor by removing the motor cover and unscrew the
earthwire placed directly on the motor.Do not disconnect the other cable connection which is con-
nected directly in the motor cover. Remove the 4 x M8 bolts that hold the evaporator motor brack-
et, incl. motor and fan.
Then the evaporator motor bracket with motor and fan can slide right through the inspection hatch
of the unit, by dragging it towards yourself.
The evaporator bracket has to be tilted slightly downwards, to pass by the gasket.

Replace the defect parts and reinstall the evaporator fan module.
Prior to mounting the motor cover, check the sealing for any damages. If damaged, the sealing
must be replaced.

190 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Replacement Condenser motor and fan

Note: Turn off main power supply for unit before replacing condenser motor and fan.

Remove the condenser grill and disconnect the power supply to the motor by removing the motor
cover and unscrew the earth wire, which is placed directly on the motor.
Do not disconnect the other cable connection which is connected directly in the motor cover.
Replace the defect parts and reinstall the parts.
Prior to mounting the motor cover, check the sealing for any damages, if damaged the sealing
must be replaced.

191 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Replacement of evaporator

Old model
In order to replace the evaporator the unit has to be dismounted from the container, as described
in this manual.
After dismounting the unit there is free access to all parts on the backside of the unit.

Position Description
1 Back plate, unit
2 Evaporator fan module, complete
3 Evaporator back plate
4 Fan grill
5 Side cover, left and right
6 Evaporator

The replacing of evaporator is done in the following steps:

1. Evacuate refrigerant as described in this manual (see p.197)


2. Remove pos. 5.
3. Remove pos. 1.
4. Remove pos. 4.
5. Disconnect tray heater from pos. 3.
6. Disconnect cable for heating element on. pos. 6.
7. Disconnect drain hose from evaporator backside.
8. Remove heating elements below evaporator.

192 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

9. Remove the sensors for evaporator temperature / suction temperature / humidity


from pos. 6.
10. Disconnect evaporator fans and return air sensor.
11. Remove pos. 2.
12. Remove pos. 3.
13. Desolder the suction and liquid pipe for pos. 6.
14. Remove / drill out rivets heads and remove pos. 6.
15. Punch the remaining rivet pieces into the foam using a (max 5mm) tool.
16. Mount new evaporator on chassis with appropriate rivets.
17. Solder the suction and liquid pipe to the new evaporator according to soldering instruction in
this manual.
18. Reinstall pos. 3 and 2.
19. Reinstall the heating elements.
20. Reconnect the evaporator temperature sensor and suction temperature sensor and humidity
sensor.
21. Reconnect return air sensor and evaporator fans.
22. Reinstall pos. 1, 4 and 5.
23. Pump down the unit (see p.199)
24. Charge unit as described in this manual (see p.200)

New model

Position Description
1 Back plate, unit
2 Evaporator

The replacing of evaporator is done in the following steps:

1. Evacuate refrigerant as described in this manual (see p. 197)


2. Remove pos. 1.
3. Remove heating elements below pos. 2.
4. Remove the sensors for evaporator temperature / suction temperature / humidity.
5. Dismount / cut the suction and liquid pipe for pos. 2 on a proper place.
6. Remove / drill out rivets heads and remove pos. 2.
7. Punch the remaining rivet pieces into the foam using a (max 5mm) tool.
8. Mount new evaporator on chassis with appropriate rivets.
9. Connect the suction and liquid pipe to the new evaporator.
10. Reinstall the heating elements.
11. Reinstall the sensors for evaporator temperature / suction temperature / humidity.
12. Reinstall pos. 1.
13. Pump down the unit (see p. 199)
14. Charge unit as described in this manual (see p. 200)

193 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Replacement of heating elements

Dismount the back plate for the unit and replace the defect heating element.
After replacing heating elements reinstall back plate for unit.
Pleaase note that the illustrated model may be different from the actual model.

194 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Replacement of FC

Position Description
1 Cover for FC
2 FC
3 Motor cable
4 Cable room cover

The procedure for replacing the FC is as follows:

1. Dismount the cable room cover, pos. 4.


2. Remove the cover for FC, pos. 1.
3. Remove the FC, pos. 2 and motor cable, pos. 3.
4. Reinstall motor cable. Please observe that the motor cable is not damaged and squeezed be
tween compressor and FC. Please observe correct tightening torque.
5. Mount new FC. Make sure that the FC is mounted correctly on the compressor and that there
is no air gap between FC and compressor. Please observe correct tightening torque.
6. Reinstall cover for FC and cable room cover. Please observe correct tightening torque.

195 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Replacement of compressor

Position Description
1 Compressor
2 Bracket for compressor
3 Cover for FC
4 FC
5 Motor cable
6 Cable room cover

The procedure for replacing the compressor is as follows:

1. Dismount the cable room cover, pos. 6.


2. Remove the cover for FC, pos. 3.
3. Remove the FC, pos. 4 and motor cable, pos. 5.
4. Dismount all pressure transmitters, high pressure switch and temperature sensors.
5. Loosen all bolts for compressor stop valves.
6. Loosen bracket for compressor and turn it downwards.
7. Slide compressor out.
8. Slide new compressor in place. Observe that the backmost compressor foot is inserted into
the bracket slot.
9. Reinstall the compressor brackets. Please observe correct tightening torque.
10. Reinstall all pressure transmitters, high pressure switch and temperature sensors.
Please observe correct tightening torque.
11. Fasten all bolts for compressor stop valves. Please observe correct tightening torque.
12. Reinstall motor cable, please observe that the motor cable is not damaged and squeezed

196 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

between compressor and FC. Please observe correct tightening torque.


13. Reinstall FC. Make sure that the FC is mounted correctly on the compressor and that there is
no air gap between FC and compressor. Please observe correct tightening torque.
14. Reinstall cover for FC and cable room cover. Please observe correct tightening torque.
15. Evacuate the compressor before starting up, as described in this manual.

Replacement of compressor valve plate / cylinder


head gasket

1. Depressurerize the compressor.


2. Dismount cylinder head and valve plate (using a rubber mallet, if necessary). Carefully clean
all sealing surfaces.
3. Check valve plate; Exchange entire valve plate if damaged. Determine the cause and elimi-
nate it.
4. Mount the cylinder head, valve plate and new gaskets correctly. If located in an inconvenient
mounting position, use mounting pins.
5. Tighten the bolts in the illustrated sequence in two steps. Starting with bolt no. 1 and no. 2
tightened firmly by hand, and then in sequence no. 3 to no. 10 by tightning torque: 70Nm
(see bolt numbers on fig. below).

Service and maintenance

Evacuation of refrigerant
Evacuation of refrigerant for the unit is done by the following procedure:

1. Install a service gauge manifold on the unit to the two evacuation points, pos. 6 and 27 (P & I
diagram)
2. Connect the recovery station with weight measurement to the service gauge manifold.
3. Remove the electrical coils and mount permanent magnet on the two electronically expansion

197 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

valves, pos. 16 and 18 (P & I diagram).


4. Vapor recovery:
a. Turn off unit.
b. Close/open the discharge pressure stopvalve, pos. 5 (P & I diagram), approx. 4 turns.
c. Recovery equipment is set for vapor recovery.
d. Open both service gauge manifold valves.
5. Liquid recovery:
a. Continue operation of unit
b. Close outlet valve, pos. 14 (P & I diagram), from receiver and do a pump down of the
low pressure side of the unit to approx. 0.8 BarE.
c. Turn off the unit.
d. Set recovery equipment for liquid recovery.
e. Open high pressure stopvalve on service gauge manifold.
6. Remove the permanent magnets and reinstall the electrical coils on the two electronically
expansion valves, pos. 16 & 18 (P & I diagram).
7. Start and operate the recovery equipment as long as necessary to evacuate desired amount
of refrigant from the unit.

Note: refer to operating and service manuals for the recovery equipment.

Compressor pump down, operation


Pump down of the compressor is done by the following procedure:

1. Connect the vacuum pump to the two evacuation points, pos. 6 & 27 (P & I diagram).
2. Ensure that the valves on the vacuum pump are closed.
3. Close the compressor suction pressure stopvalve and compressor intermediate pressure
stopvalve, pos. 26 & 30 (P & I diagram).
4. Close the compressor discharge pressure stopvalve, pos. 5 (P & I diagram), approx. 4 turns.
5. Run the compressor in manual operation on 50 Hz, as described in manual operation section.
6. Observe the pressure indication on the display for the suction pressure, when the suction
pressure reaches 0.5 BarE (-7.3 Psi) in value. Close the compressor discharge pressure
stopvalve entirely and turn off the power to the unit.

SETPOINT CT SUPPLY

______ RET ______


Suction
pressure
indicator C
7. Open the valves for the vacuum pump.
8. The evacuation points, pos. 6 & 27 (P & I diagram), are open when the compressor stop-
valves, pos. 5 & 26, (P & I diagram), are closed.
9. Evacuate the compressor through the vacuum pump for a minimum of 2 hours.
10. Switch off the vacuum pump and close the stopvalve for the suction line to the vacuum pump
on the service gauge manifold. Observe the vacuum for minimum hour. If the vacuum is
maintained, then the compressor can be either changed, see replacing of compressor or the
unit can be started in normal operation.
If the vacuum pressure is not maintained there is a possible leak somewhere. Check all hose
connections between unit and vacuumpump. If these are ok, check the unit.
11. Open compressor suction stopvalve, compressor intermediate pressure stopvalve and com-
pressor discharge stopvalve, pos. 5, 25 & 30, (P & I diagram).
12. Disconnect the service gauge manifold.

198 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Compressor pump down, replaced


Pump down of a new / replaced compressor is done by the following procedure:

1. Connect a vacuum pump with a service gauge manifold to the two evacuation points, pos. 6 &
27 (P & I diagram).
2. Close the compressor discharge and compressor suction servicevalves, pos. 5 & 26, (P & I
diagram).
3. Pump down the pressure in the compressor to vacuum, indicated on the gauges of the service
gauge manifold.
4. Continue vacuum pumping for at least 2 hours.
5. Switch off the vacuum pump and close the stopvalve for the suction line to the vacuum pump
on the service gauge manifold. Observe the vacuum for minimum hour.
6. If the vacuum is maintained, then the compressor discharge servicevalve and compressor
suction servicevalve, pos. 5 & 26, (P & I diagram), can be fully opened.
If the vacuum pressure is not maintained, there is a possible leak somewhere. Check all hose
connections between compressor and vacuumpump. If these are ok, check the compressor.
7. Disconnect the service gauge manifold and operate the unit as normal.

Pump down of unit


Main power supply to unit shall be switched off during pump down of unit.

Pump down of unit is done by the following procedure:


1. Connect a vacuum pump with a service gauge manifold to the two evacuation points, pos. 6 &
27 (P & I diagram).
2. Close the compressor discharge and compressor suction servicevalves, pos. 5 & 26, (P & I
diagram), 4 turns.
3. Remove the electrical coils and mount permanent magnet on the two electronically expansion
valves, pos. 16 & 18 (P & I diagram).
4. Pump down the unit pressure to vacuum, indicated on the gauges of the service gauge mani-
fold.
5. Continue vacuum pumping for at least 2 hours.
6. Switch off the vacuum pump and close the stopvalve for the suction line to the vacuum pump
on the service gauge manifold. Observe the vacuum for minimum hour.
7. If the vacuum is maintained, then the unit can be charged as described this manual.
If the vacuum pressure is not maintained, there is a possible leak somewhere, check all hose
connections between unit and vacuumpump. If these are ok, check the unit.
8. Close the compressor stopvalves, pos. 5 & 26, (P & I diagram).
9. Remove the permanent magnets and reinstall the electrical coils on the two electronically
expansion valves, pos. 16 & 18 (P & I diagram).
10. Disconnect the service gauge manifold.

Pressure Test
After performing a major repair to the unit piping system, it is recommended to perform a pres-
sure test.
Pressure test has the purpose of checking the piping system for leakages.

The pressuretest is done by means of a high pressurized gas, ex. N2, which is let into the piping
system through the two evacuation points, pos. 6 & 27 (P & I diagram). The procedure for this is
as follows:

NOTE: DO NOT USE OXYGEN (O2) FOR A PRESSURE TEST

1. Install a service gauge manifold on the unit to the two evacuation points, pos. 6 & 27
(P & I diagram).
2. Close the compressor discharge stopvalve and compressor suction stopvalve, pos. 5 & 26
(P & I diagram), 4 turns
3. Connect the pressurized gas bottle (ex. N2) to the discharge stopvalve of the service gauge
manifold.

199 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

4. Remove the electrical coils and mount permanent magnet on the two electronically expansion
valves, pos. 16 & 18 (P & I diagram).
5. Open the discharge stopvalve of the service gauge manifold.
6. Carefully open the hand valve of the pressurized gas bottle until the two gauges of the ser-
vice gauge manifold show a pressure of 12 BarE.
7. Close the discharge stopvalve of the service gauge manifold.
8. Do a leakage detection as described in this manual.
9. Leave the unit pressurized for minimum 2 hours. If the pressure gauges still show 12 BarE
after 2 hours, the unit is without any leakages.
10. If the pressure gauges are below 12 BarE, perform a leakage detection as described in this
manual
11. Disconnect the pressurized gas bottle.
12. Open the discharge stopvalve on the service gauge manifold to release the pressure from the
unit.
13. Do a pump down of unit as described in this manual.
14. Charge the unit as described in this manual.

Charging of refrigerant

Charging of empty unit


The power to the unit shall be off.
The charging of an empty unit is done by weight, by the following procedure:

1. Pump down unit as described in this manual.


2. Install a service gauge manifold on the unit to the two evacuation points, pos. 6 & 27 (P & I
diagram).
3. Place a refrigerant bottle on scale for weighing. Record the weight of the refrigerant bottle.
4. Connect manifold service hose to refrigerant bottle and purge as needed.
5. Set refrigerant bottle for liquid charging and open refrigerant bottle hand valve.
6. Open discharge stop valve, pos. 5 (P & I diagram), 1 turn.
7. Open the high pressure stop valve on the service gauge manifold.
8. Observe the scale and close the hand valve at the refrigerant bottle when the correct amount
of refrigerant has been charged. The unit refrigerant charge is 4.5 kg R134a.
9. Close the valves on the service gauge manifold.
10. Open the servicestop valves on the compressor, pos. 5 & 26 (P & I diagram).
11. Operate the unit as normal.

Note: If the correct amount of refrigerant is not charged by this


procedure, follow the procedure described in charging of unit
low on charge in this manual.

Charging of unit low on charge


If during normal stable inrange operation it is observed that the setpoint temperature cannot be
maintained it might be an indication of missing refrigerant. Please observe the unit for a period of
at least 6 hours to ensure a stable tendency. During this observation time please observe the fol-
lowing:

1. The red balls in the sight glass for the receiver are constantly at bottom level.
2. Veco is more than (>) 80% open for hour.
3. Vexp will steadily increase to 100%.
4. Psuc (T0) is steadily going down

If based on the above, it is determined that the unit is too low on refrigerant charge, additional
refrigerant may be charged by following this procedure:

1. Install a service gauge manifold on the unit to the two evacuation points, pos.6 & 27 (P & I
diagram).

200 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

2. Connect the low pressure valve of the service gauge manifold to the suction stop valve, pos.
26 (P & I diagram).
3. Connect the service gauge manifold to the refrigerant bottle. Purge as needed.
4. Close the compressor suction stop valve, pos. 26 (P & I diagram) fully and open approx. 4
turns.
5. Set the refrigerant bottle for liquid charging.
6. Operate compressor in manual mode, as described in this manual, compressor speed 25 Hz.
7. Open the low pressure valve of the service gauge manifold.
8. Read the suction pressure.
9. Open hand valve on refrigerant bottle slowly, allowing the suction pressure to increase with
1.5 Bar.
10. Add refrigerant until the sight glass balls float in top of the sight glass.
11. Close hand valve on refrigerant bottle.
12. Open the compressor suction stop valve, pos. 26 (P & I diagram), fully.
13. Set the unit for automatic operation, as described in this manual.
14. Observe the unit running in a stable condition. Add or remove refrigerant if necessary.
15. When refrigerant charge is correct, remove service gauge manifold and cap the two
evacuation points, pos. 6 & 27 (P & I diagram).

Caution: Do not overcharge the unit.


Leakage detection
Leakage detection is done under pressure test, as described in this manual.
While the unit is pressurized it is possible to check all soldered and screwed joints of the piping
system.
This is done with a leakage detection agent or with a solution with high foambuilding soap.
The agent or water / soap solution is sprayed upon the joints. If there is a leakage bubbling, foam
will occur.
This leakage detection test can also be done while the unit is running charged with refrigerant by
means of a refrigerant detector or soap solution.

Leakage detection is also done during pump down of unit or compressor, as described in this
manual.

Fan motors
In order to prevent a single wire from getting caught between Ground screw and junction box
cover, a cable tie collecting all wires except ground wire, needs to be placed in the center of the
junction box. Furthermore is insulation tape applied on top of the Ground screw. This reduces the
possibility of sharp edges on the top of the Ground Screw to damage nearby wiring.

201 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Drying filter

Replacing of drying filter


Before replacing the drying filter, the power plug to the unit has to be disconnected.

The drying filter has to be changed every time the compressor is changed or if the moisture indi-
cators indicate too much moisture is in the refrigerant circuit.
To change the drying filter, follow the following procedure:

1. Power off the unit.


2. Close the stop valve, pos. 14 (P & I diagram).
3. Start the unit in Manual operation.
4. Select compressor frequency to 40Hz.
5. Observe the Suction Pressure (Psuc). When Psuc = 0 BarE, power off the unit.
6. Carefully loosen the two union nuts for the drying filter.
Beware of pressurized escaping refrigerant. Always wear protective goggles.
7. Replace the drying filter with a Danfoss DML 164 O - ring or equivalent.
Before mounting of the filter, put some drops of compressor esteroil on the flare in order to
ensure correct tightness.
8. Tighten the two union nuts for the drying filter. See torque values in tables.
9. Remove the electrical coils and mount permanent magnet on the two electronically expansion
valves, pos. 16 & 18 (P & I diagram).
10. Carefully loosen the upper union nut for the drying filter, allowing a little amount of refriger-
antgas to escape.
11. Tighten the union nut.
12. Remove the permanent magnets and reinstall the electrical coils on the two electronically
expansionsvalves, pos. 16 & 18 (P & I diagram).
13. Open the stop-valve, pos. 14 (P&I - diagram).
14. Power up the unit

Compressor
Check of oil level
The oil level can be checked on the sight glass of the compressor.
During normal operation the oil level should be between 1/3 and 2/3 sight glass full.
Normal operation is when the unit has been running on setpoint in a steady condition for minimum
6 hours.
If the oil level is below sight glass after a period of minimum 6 hours normal operation, additional
oil may be added, as decribed in this manual

Note: Do not overfill the compressor with oil.


Check if the oil level of the compressor is equivalent to the oil level after running 6 hours at set
point in a steady condition (1/3 to 2/3 sight glass full).

Due to dissolved refrigerant the oil level shown in the compressor sight glass may be too high if
the unit has not been running for a longer period of time. In that case:

Let the unit run for 20 minutes with set point below cargo set point.
Turn off the compressor and check the sight glass.
If the oil level is still too high, remove oil until 1/3 to 2/3 sight glass full is obtained.

In case the oil level is too low in the sight glass:


Run the unit at a set point above the cargo set point for 20 minutes.
Then let the unit run for 20 minutes above cargo set point.
Turn off the compressor and check the sight glass.
If the oil level is still too low, add oil until 1/3 to 2/3 sight glass full is obtained.

202 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Charging of oil
If during normal operation is has been observed that there is too little oil charge on the compres-
sor, additional oil may be charged.
The compressor is filled with 1,5 liter Reniso Triton SEZ 55 or equivalent oil from the factory.
The procedure for adding oil is as follows:

1. Pump down the compressor, as described in this manual.


2. Remove plug on top of the stop valve for the intermediate pressure.
3. Start by adding 0.25 liter of compressor oil.
4. Reinstall plug on top of the stop valve for the intermediate pressure.
5. Evacuate the compressor as described in this manual
6. Open the compressor stopvalves, pos. 5, 26 and 30 (P & I diagram).
7. Disconnect the vacuum pump.
8. Start up the unit.
9. Check the oil level during start up and after 6 hours in normal stable operation.
10. If oil is still missing, repeat above.

Draining of oil from compressor


If the compresor has been overcharged with oil, the procedure for drainage is as follows:

1. The two oil outlets are placed on a tee-piece located on the compressor end opposite of the
FC end. Please observe that only one of the oil outlet ports is equipped with a schrder valve.
2. Connect a service gauge manifold to the outlet port with schrder valve of the oil pump.
3. Only connect the discharge hose to the outlet port of the oil pump.
Make sure that all stopvalves on the service gauge manifold are closed.
4. Open the discharge gauge stopvalve on the service gauge manifold.
5. Insert the hose from the suction gauge on the service gauge manifold into a small measuring
cup.
6. Run the compressor in manual operation on 25 Hz.
7. Carefully open the suction gauge stopvalve on the service gauge manifold.
8. While observing the oil level in the sight glass of the compressor, carefully let out oil, until the
oil level in the sight glass has reached a mid level.
9. Close the suction gauge stopvalve and discharge gauge stopvalve on the service gauge mani-
fold.
10. Disconnect the service gauge manifold.
11. Cap the oil outlet from the oil pump.
12. Set the controller to AUTOMATIC operation.
13. Run the unit in normal operation.
14. Observe the oil level when the unit is running minimum 6 hours in a stable condition.

Soldering
When soldering and desoldering components on the unit, please observe the following:

1. Use the following material for soldering:

203 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

For Copper - Copper (all pipes):

Soldering rod: L - Ag15P according to DIN 8513 or B - CuP5


according to AWS A 5.8.

Example for product name: Chem - weld product 550 or Castolin RB 5283
Soldering flux: Due to the high content of Phosphor in the
soldering rod no flux is needed.

For Copper - Stainless (connections for water cooled condenser and economiz-
er):

Soldering rod: L - Ag40Cd according to DIN 8513 or B - Ag 1


according to AWS A 5.8.

Example for product name: Chem - weld product 511B or Castolin 1802 or
1802 F.

Soldering flux: F - SH 1 according to DIN 8511 or FB 3A


according to AWS A 5.31.

Example for product name: Chem - weld product 110 or Castolin 1802
N - Atmosin.

2. Use wet cloths to protect sensitive valves and other equipment against heat
input during soldering and desoldering.

3. Use inert back gas as Nitrogen (N2) during soldering and desoldering.

Tables

Datalog description
Explanations of datalog loggings:
Temperatures are stored in C and are converted to Fahrenheit on retrieval or listing on the dis-
play.
Pressures are stored in BarE and are converted to Psi on retrieval.

The logged data in the data log can be seen:


On the display menu L01, the viewable temperatures are listed.
On the display menu L03, the logged temperatures can be viewed graphically.
Retrieved via the program RefCon and the RMM modem and the powerline.
Retrieved via a program, LogMan, on a PSION pda using the retriever socket.
Retrieved via the StarView program using the retriever socket.

Data:

No. Name Value Unit


1 Tsupply temperature Temperature from supply sensor C
2 Treturn temperature Temperature from return sensor C
3 Tusda 1 temperature Temperature from USDA sensor 1 C
4 Tusda 2 temperature Temperature from USDA sensor 2 C
5 Tusda 3 temperature Temperature from USDA sensor 3 C

204 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

6 Tcargo temperature Temperature from cargo sensor C


7 Tset temperature Set-point temperature C
8 Humidity % Humidity from humidity sensor %
9 AirEx airflow Airflow from AirExchange sensor m3/h

Extended data:

No. Name Value Unit


1 Psuc pressure Suction pressure (effective) BarE
2 Pdis pressure Discharge pressure (effective) BarE
3 Fpower frequency Power frequency Hz
4 (reserved) -- --
5 Upower voltage Highest power voltage of U1, U2, V
U3
No. Name Value Unit
6 I1 current Current I1 A
7 I2 current Current I2 A
8 I3 current Current I3 A
9 Ifc current Current FC A
10 Fcpr frequency Compressor frequency Hz
11 Heater status Heater on-time %
12 (reserved) --
13 Mevap status Evaporator motor [OFF, LO, --
HI, ERR]
14 Mcond status Condenser motor [OFF, LO, --
HI, ERR]
No. Name Value Unit
15 Tfc temperature Temperature of frequency control- C
ler
16 Tambient temperature Ambient temperature [-30 96] C

Extended data 2 (only retrievable by UMO)


No. Name Value Unit
1 Tsup1 Supply air temperature C
2 Tsup2 Supply air temperature C
3 Tevap Evaporator temperature C
4 Tsuc Suction temperature C
5 Vhg Hotgas valve opening %
6 Vexp Expansion valve opening %
7 Veco Economizer valve opening %
8 SHref Super heat ref. C
9 Trccu Internal temp. C

Alarms:
Alarms which may occur and a detailed explanation and troubleshooting are described later in this
manual.

205 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Events:

No. Name Parameter explanation


No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5
0 Temperature set-point altered Old set-point New set-point n/a n/a SW revision
1 Humidity set-point altered Old set-point New set-point n/a n/a n/a
2 Water-cooling Off n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
3 Water-cooling On n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
4 Function test Start Version n/a n/a n/a Alarms count
5 Function test Pass FT test ID n/a n/a n/a n/a
6 Function test Abort FT test ID n/a n/a time (sec) Alarms count
7 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
8 PTI Test Start PTI Version n/a n/a n/a Alarms count
9 PTI Test Pass PTI test ID n/a n/a n/a n/a
10 PTI Test Abort PTI test ID n/a n/a time Alarms count
11 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
12 Manual mode select n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
13 Manual mode deselect n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
14 Defrost Start 1: Manual 0 Not de- 1: Hotgas n/a n/a
start mand 2: Elec.
2: Auto start 1 Tevap
3: Demand 2 Abnormal
defrost start 3 Tsuc
15 Defrost Stop Current Tevap 0: Hotgas n/a n/a
defrost in- 2: Elec.
terval [sec]
16 Trip Start 1: Auto trip- SW ver. low SW ver. high 0 = user SW revision
start 1 = MTS
0: User trip- 2 = CT
start
17 Sensor Calibrated 1 = USDA 1 Old Cal. New Cal. Value n/a n/a
2 = USDA 2 Value
3 = USDA 3
4 = CARGO
20 Power Up Unit run Compr. run Mevap run time Mcond run time Hevap run
time [hours] time [hours] [hours] [hours] time
[hours]
21 User Wake-up n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
22 Power Down SW ver 2 SW ver 2 Vbatt. Power up count Reset count
lowest byte highest &
WDT count
23 Down Load Old sw ver Old sw ver New sw ver low New sw ver high n/a
low high
25 Real time clock Old date Old time New date New time n/a
26 FC type Old New n/a n/a n/a
27 Datalog interval Old New n/a n/a n/a
28 Defrost interval Old [min] (*) New [min] (*) n/a n/a n/a
30 Container ID change container container container digits container digits n/a
digits 1 + 2 digits 3 + 4 1+2+3+4 5+6+7
31 Pressure sensor charge Old version New version Old version New version n/a
low pressure low pressure high pressure high pressure
40 Cold Treatment (CT) start 0: Normal Duration CT setpoint CT high limit Final setpoint
[min.] emp. temp
41 CT period start Actual temp. USDA1 temp USDA2 temp USDA3 temp Cargo temp
42 CT Passed Duration CT setpoint CT high limit Final setpoint
[min.] temp. temp.

206 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

43 CT ramp up Actual temp. USDA1 temp USDA2 temp USDA3 temp Final setpoint
temp.
44 Multiple Temperature Set Step number Step duration Step setpoint Step temp. chg. Step humid-
points (MTS) start /hour ity setpoint
45 MTS step stop Step number 0: Normal Step setpoint Step temp. chg. Step humid-
1: Aborted /hour ity setpoint
47 CT Done Number of Duration CT setpoint CT high temp. Final setpoint
valid USDA [min.] temp. limit temp.
sensors
48 CT Failed 0: Sensor CT high USDA sensor 1 USDA sensor USDA sensor
error temp. limit temp 2 temp 3 temp
1: Aborted
50 Controller Internal Tempera- T n/a n/a n/a n/a
ture
90 Debug (intern. use) 1 Alarm count Expected alarm n/a n/a
count
91 FC status Communica- n/a Last alarm code Protokol state Bus state
tion rate [%] 0: Clear 0: off
1: Time out 1: error
2: No reply 2: connect
3: Recieved 3: run
stopped
4: CRC
5: Lngde
6: Data format
(*) The time is stored as minutes: 360 min = 6 * 60 min. = 6 hours

Temperature Sensor [C] - Resistance Table


Resistance Temp Resistance Temp Resistance Temp Resistance Temp Resistance Temp
[] [C] [] [C] [] [C] [] [C] [] [C]
3,095,611.00 -70 138,322.00 -26 13,682.60 18 2,315.20 62 570.82 106
2,851,363.00 -69 130,243.00 -25 13,052.80 19 2,234.70 63 554.86 107
2,627,981.00 -68 122,687.00 -24 12,493.70 20 2,156.70 64 539.44 108
2,423,519.00 -67 115,613.00 -23 11,943.30 21 2,082.30 65 524.51 109
2,236,398.00 -66 108,991.00 -22 11,420.00 22 2,010.80 66 510.06 110
2,064,919.00 -65 102,787.00 -21 10,922.70 23 1,942.10 67 496.08 111
1,907,728.00 -64 96,974.00 -20 10,449.90 24 1,876.00 68 482.55 112
1,763,539.00 -63 91,525.00 -19 10,000.00 25 1,812.60 69 469.45 113
1,631,173.00 -62 86,415.00 -18 9,572.00 26 1,751.60 70 456.76 114
1,509,639.00 -61 81,621.00 -17 9,164.70 27 1,693.00 71 444.48 115
1,397,935.00 -60 77,121.00 -16 8,777.00 28 1,636.63 72 432.58 116
1,295,239.00 -59 72,895.00 -15 8,407.70 29 1,582.41 73 421.06 117
1,200,732.00 -58 68,927.00 -14 8,056.00 30 1,530.28 74 409.90 118
1,113,744.00 -57 65,198.00 -13 7,720.90 31 1,480.12 75 399.08 119
1,033,619.00 -56 61,693.00 -12 7,401.70 32 1,431.87 76 388.59 120
959,789.00 -55 58,397.00 -11 7,097.20 33 1,385.37 77 378.44 121
891,689.00 -54 55,298.00 -10 6,807.00 34 1,340.68 78 368.59 122
828,865.00 -53 52,380.00 -9 6,530.10 35 1,297.64 79 359.05 123
770,880.00 -52 49,663.00 -8 6,266.10 36 1,256.17 80 349.79 124
717,310.00 -51 47,047.00 -7 6,014.20 37 1,216.23 81 340.82 125
667,828.00 -50 44,610.00 -6 5,773.70 38 1,177.75 82 332.11 126

207 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

622,055.00 -49 42,314.60 -5 5,544.10 39 1,140.71 83 323.67 127


579,718.00 -48 40,149.50 -4 5,324.90 40 1,104.99 84 315.48 128
540,530.00 -47 38,108.50 -3 5,115.60 41 1,070.58 85 307.53 129
504,230.00 -46 36,182.80 -2 4,915.50 42 1,037.40 86 299.82 130
470,609.00 -45 34,366.10 -1 4,724.30 43 1,005.40 87 292.34 131
439,445.00 -44 32,650.80 0 4,541.60 44 974.56 88 285.08 132
410,532.00 -43 31,030.40 1 4,366.90 45 944.81 89 278.03 133
383,712.00 -42 29,500.10 2 4,199.90 46 916.11 90 271.19 134
358,806.00 -41 28,054.20 3 4,040.10 47 888.41 91 264.54 135
335,671.00 -40 26,687.60 4 3,887.20 48 861.70 92 258.09 136
314,179.00 -39 25,395.50 5 3,741.10 49 835.93 93 251.82 137
294,193.00 -38 24,172.70 6 3,601.00 50 811.03 94 245.74 138
275,605.00 -37 23,016.00 7 3,466.90 51 786.99 95 239.82 139
258,307.00 -36 21,921.70 8 3,338.60 52 763.79 96 234.08 140
242,195.00 -35 20,885.20 9 3,215.60 53 741.38 97 228.50 141
227,196.00 -34 19,903.50 10 3,097.90 54 719.74 98 223.08 142
213,219.00 -33 18,973.60 11 2,985.10 55 698.82 99 217.80 143
200,184.00 -32 18,092.60 12 2,876.90 56 678.63 100 212.68 144
188,026.00 -31 17,257.40 13 2,773.20 57 659.10 101 207.70 145
176,683.00 -30 16,465.10 14 2,673.90 58 640.23 102 202.86 146
166,091.00 -29 15,714.00 15 2,578.50 59 622.00 103 198.15 147
156,199.00 -28 15,001.20 16 2,487.10 60 604.36 104 193.57 148
146,959.00 -27 14,324.60 17 2,399.40 61 587.31 105 189.12 149

Temperature Sensor [F] - Resistance Table


Resistance Temp Resistance Temp Resistance Temp Resistance Temp Resistance Temp
[] [F] [] [F] [] [F] [] [F] [] [F]
3,095,611.00 -94 138,322.00 -15 13,682.60 64 2,315.20 144 570.82 223
2,851,363.00 -92 130,243.00 -13 13,052.80 66 2,234.70 145 554.86 225
2,627,981.00 -90 122,687.00 -11 12,493.70 68 2,156.70 147 539.44 226
2,423,519.00 -89 115,613.00 -9 11,943.30 70 2,082.30 149 524.51 228
2,236,398.00 -87 108,991.00 -8 11,420.00 72 2,010.80 151 510.06 230
2,064,919.00 -85 102,787.00 -6 10,922.70 73 1,942.10 153 496.08 232
1,907,728.00 -83 96,974.00 -4 10,449.90 75 1,876.00 154 482.55 234
1,763,539.00 -81 91,525.00 -2 10,000.00 77 1,812.60 156 469.45 235
1,631,173.00 -80 86,415.00 0 9,572.00 79 1,751.60 158 456.76 237
1,509,639.00 -78 81,621.00 1 9,164.70 81 1,693.00 160 444.48 239
1,397,935.00 -76 77,121.00 3 8,777.00 82 1,636.63 162 432.58 241
1,295,239.00 -74 72,895.00 5 8,407.70 84 1,582.41 163 421.06 243
1,200,732.00 -72 68,927.00 7 8,056.00 86 1,530.28 165 409.90 244
1,113,744.00 -71 65,198.00 9 7,720.90 88 1,480.12 167 399.08 246
1,033,619.00 -69 61,693.00 10 7,401.70 90 1,431.87 169 388.59 248
959,789.00 -67 58,397.00 12 7,097.20 91 1,385.37 171 378.44 250
891,689.00 -65 55,298.00 14 6,807.00 93 1,340.68 172 368.59 252
828,865.00 -63 52,380.00 16 6,530.10 95 1,297.64 174 359.05 253
770,880.00 -62 49,663.00 18 6,266.10 97 1,256.17 176 349.79 255
717,310.00 -60 47,047.00 19 6,014.20 99 1,216.23 178 340.82 257

208 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

667,828.00 -58 44,610.00 21 5,773.70 100 1,177.75 180 332.11 259


622,055.00 -56 42,314.60 23 5,544.10 102 1,140.71 181 323.67 261
579,718.00 -54 40,149.50 25 5,324.90 104 1,104.99 183 315.48 262
540,530.00 -53 38,108.50 27 5,115.60 106 1,070.58 185 307.53 264
504,230.00 -51 36,182.80 28 4,915.50 108 1,037.40 187 299.82 266
470,609.00 -49 34,366.10 30 4,724.30 109 1,005.40 189 292.34 268
439,445.00 -47 32,650.80 32 4,541.60 111 974.56 190 285.08 270
410,532.00 -45 31,030.40 34 4,366.90 113 944.81 192 278.03 271
383,712.00 -44 29,500.10 36 4,199.90 115 916.11 194 271.19 273
358,806.00 -42 28,054.20 37 4,040.10 117 888.41 196 264.54 275
335,671.00 -40 26,687.60 39 3,887.20 118 861.70 198 258.09 277
314,179.00 -38 25,395.50 41 3,741.10 120 835.93 199 251.82 279
294,193.00 -36 24,172.70 43 3,601.00 122 811.03 201 245.74 280
275,605.00 -35 23,016.00 45 3,466.90 124 786.99 203 239.82 282
258,307.00 -33 21,921.70 46 3,338.60 126 763.79 205 234.08 284
242,195.00 -31 20,885.20 48 3,215.60 127 741.38 207 228.50 286
227,196.00 -29 19,903.50 50 3,097.90 129 719.74 208 223.08 288
213,219.00 -27 18,973.60 52 2,985.10 131 698.82 210 217.80 289
200,184.00 -26 18,092.60 54 2,876.90 133 678.63 212 212.68 291
188,026.00 -24 17,257.40 55 2,773.20 135 659.10 214 207.70 293
176,683.00 -22 16,465.10 57 2,673.90 136 640.23 216 202.86 295
166,091.00 -20 15,714.00 59 2,578.50 138 622.00 217 198.15 297
156,199.00 -18 15,001.20 61 2,487.10 140 604.36 219 193.57 298
146,959.00 -17 14,324.60 63 2,399.40 142 587.31 221 189.12 300

Temperature [C] Pressure [BarE] Table R134a


Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp
[BarE] [C] [BarE] [C] [BarE] [C] [BarE] [C] [BarE] [C] [BarE] [C] [BarE] [C]
-0.9 -67.34 2.8 7.42 6.5 29.09 10.2 43.73 13.9 55.15 17.6 64.67 21.3 72.93
-0.8 -56.75 2.9 8.18 6.6 29.55 10.3 44.07 14.0 55.43 17.7 64.91 21.4 73.14
-0.7 -49.95 3.0 8.93 6.7 30.00 10.4 44.41 14.1 55.70 17.8 65.15 21.5 73.35
-0.6 -44.80 3.1 9.67 6.8 30.45 10.5 44.75 14.2 55.98 17.9 65.38 21.6 73.55
-0.5 -40.62 3.2 10.39 6.9 30.90 10.6 45.08 14.3 56.25 18.0 65.62 21.7 73.76
-0.4 -37.07 3.3 11.10 7.0 31.34 10.7 45.42 14.4 56.53 18.1 65.85 21.8 73.97
-0.3 -33.97 3.4 11.79 7.1 31.78 10.8 45.75 14.5 56.80 18.2 66.09 21.9 74.17
-0.2 -31.21 3.5 12.48 7.2 32.22 10.9 46.08 14.6 57.07 18.3 66.32 22.0 74.38
-0.1 -28.71 3.6 13.15 7.3 32.65 11.0 46.41 14.7 57.34 18.4 66.55 22.1 74.58
0.0 -26.43 3.7 13.81 7.4 33.07 11.1 46.73 14.8 57.61 18.5 66.78 22.2 74.79
0.1 -24.32 3.8 14.46 7.5 33.49 11.2 47.06 14.9 57.88 18.6 67.01 22.3 74.99
0.2 -22.36 3.9 15.10 7.6 33.91 11.3 47.38 15.0 58.14 18.7 67.24 22.4 75.19
0.3 -20.52 4.0 15.74 7.7 34.33 11.4 47.70 15.1 58.41 18.8 67.47 22.5 75.40
0.4 -18.79 4.1 16.36 7.8 34.74 11.5 48.02 15.2 58.67 18.9 67.70 22.6 75.60
0.5 -17.16 4.2 16.97 7.9 35.15 11.6 48.33 15.3 58.93 19.0 67.92 22.7 75.80
0.6 -15.61 4.3 17.57 8.0 35.55 11.7 48.65 15.4 59.19 19.1 68.15 22.8 76.00
0.7 -14.14 4.4 18.17 8.1 35.96 11.8 48.96 15.5 59.45 19.2 68.37 22.9 76.20
0.8 -12.73 4.5 18.75 8.2 36.35 11.9 49.27 15.6 59.71 19.3 68.60 23.0 76.40
0.9 -11.38 4.6 19.33 8.3 36.75 12.0 49.58 15.7 59.97 19.4 68.82 23.1 76.60
1.0 -10.09 4.7 19.90 8.4 37.14 12.1 49.89 15.8 60.23 19.5 69.04 23.2 76.80

209 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

1.1 -8.84 4.8 20.47 8.5 37.53 12.2 50.19 15.9 60.48 19.6 69.27 23.3 76.99
1.2 -7.64 4.9 21.02 8.6 37.92 12.3 50.50 16.0 60.74 19.7 69.49 23.4 77.19
1.3 -6.49 5.0 21.57 8.7 38.30 12.4 50.80 16.1 60.99 19.8 69.71 23.5 77.39
1.4 -5.37 5.1 22.12 8.8 38.68 12.5 51.10 16.2 61.24 19.9 69.93 23.6 77.58
1.5 -4.29 5.2 22.65 8.9 39.06 12.6 51.40 16.3 61.49 20.0 70.15 23.7 77.78
1.6 -3.24 5.3 23.18 9.0 39.43 12.7 51.70 16.4 61.74 20.1 70.36 23.8 77.97
1.7 -2.22 5.4 23.70 9.1 39.81 12.8 51.99 16.5 61.99 20.2 70.58 23.9 78.17
1.8 -1.23 5.5 24.22 9.2 40.17 12.9 52.29 16.6 62.24 20.3 70.80 24.0 78.36
1.9 -0.26 5.6 24.73 9.3 40.54 13.0 52.58 16.7 62.49 20.4 71.01 24.1 78.55
2.0 0.67 5.7 25.24 9.4 40.90 13.1 52.87 16.8 62.74 20.5 71.23 24.2 78.75
2.1 1.59 5.8 25.74 9.5 41.27 13.2 53.16 16.9 62.98 20.6 71.44 24.3 78.94
2.2 2.48 5.9 26.23 9.6 41.63 13.3 53.45 17.0 63.23 20.7 71.66 24.4 79.13
2.3 3.35 6.0 26.72 9.7 41.98 13.4 53.74 17.1 63.47 20.8 71.87 24.5 79.32
2.4 4.20 6.1 27.20 9.8 42.34 13.5 54.02 17.2 63.71 20.9 72.08 24.6 79.51
2.5 5.03 6.2 27.68 9.9 42.69 13.6 54.30 17.3 63.95 21.0 72.30
2.6 5.84 6.3 28.16 10.0 43.04 13.7 54.59 17.4 64.19 21.1 72.51
2.7 6.64 6.4 28.62 10.1 43.38 13.8 54.87 17.5 64.43 21.2 72.72

Temperature [F] Pressure [Psi] Table R134a


Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp Pres. Temp
[Psi] [F] [Psi] [F] [Psi] [F] [Psi] [F] [Psi] [F] [Psi] [F] [Psi] [F]
-13.05 -89.21 40.61 45.36 94.27 84.36 147.94 110.71 201.60 131.27 255.27 148.41 308.93 163.27
-11.60 -70.15 42.06 46.72 95.72 85.19 149.39 111.33 203.05 131.77 256.72 148.84 310.38 163.65
-10.15 -57.91 43.51 48.07 97.18 86.00 150.84 111.94 204.50 132.26 258.17 149.27 311.83 164.03
-8.70 -48.64 44.96 49.41 98.63 86.81 152.29 112.55 205.95 132.76 259.62 149.68 313.28 164.39
-7.25 -41.12 46.41 50.70 100.08 87.62 153.74 113.14 207.40 133.25 261.07 150.12 314.73 164.77
-5.80 -34.73 47.86 51.98 101.53 88.41 155.19 113.76 208.85 133.75 262.52 150.53 316.18 165.15
-4.35 -29.15 49.31 53.22 102.98 89.20 156.64 114.35 210.30 134.24 263.97 150.96 317.63 165.51
-2.90 -24.18 50.76 54.46 104.43 90.00 158.09 114.94 211.76 134.73 265.42 151.38 319.08 165.88
-1.45 -19.68 52.21 55.67 105.88 90.77 159.54 115.54 213.21 135.21 266.87 151.79 320.53 166.24
0.00 -15.57 53.66 56.86 107.33 91.53 160.99 116.11 214.66 135.70 268.32 152.20 321.98 166.62
1.45 -11.78 55.11 58.03 108.78 92.28 162.44 116.71 216.11 136.18 269.77 152.62 323.43 166.98
2.90 -8.25 56.56 59.18 110.23 93.04 163.89 117.28 217.56 136.65 271.22 153.03 324.88 167.34
4.35 -4.94 58.02 60.33 111.68 93.79 165.34 117.86 219.01 137.14 272.67 153.45 326.33 167.72
5.80 -1.82 59.47 61.45 113.13 94.53 166.79 118.44 220.46 137.61 274.12 153.86 327.79 168.08
7.25 1.11 60.92 62.55 114.58 95.27 168.24 118.99 221.91 138.07 275.57 154.26 329.24 168.44
8.70 3.90 62.37 63.63 116.03 95.99 169.69 119.57 223.36 138.54 277.02 154.67 330.69 168.80
10.15 6.55 63.82 64.71 117.48 96.73 171.14 120.13 224.81 139.01 278.47 155.07 332.14 169.16
11.60 9.09 65.27 65.75 118.93 97.43 172.59 120.69 226.26 139.48 279.92 155.48 333.59 169.52
13.05 11.52 66.72 66.79 120.38 98.15 174.05 121.24 227.71 139.95 281.37 155.88 335.04 169.88
14.50 13.84 68.17 67.82 121.83 98.85 175.50 121.80 229.16 140.41 282.82 156.27 336.49 170.24
15.95 16.09 69.62 68.85 123.28 99.55 176.95 122.34 230.61 140.86 284.27 156.69 337.94 170.58
17.40 18.25 71.07 69.84 124.73 100.26 178.40 122.90 232.06 141.33 285.72 157.08 339.39 170.94
18.85 20.32 72.52 70.83 126.18 100.94 179.85 123.44 233.51 141.78 287.17 157.48 340.84 171.30
20.31 22.33 73.97 71.82 127.63 101.62 181.30 123.98 234.96 142.23 288.63 157.87 342.29 171.64
21.76 24.28 75.42 72.77 129.08 102.31 182.75 124.52 236.41 142.68 290.08 158.27 343.74 172.00
23.21 26.17 76.87 73.72 130.53 102.97 184.20 125.06 237.86 143.13 291.53 158.65 345.19 172.35
24.66 28.00 78.32 74.66 131.98 103.66 185.65 125.58 239.31 143.58 292.98 159.04 346.64 172.71
26.11 29.79 79.77 75.60 133.43 104.31 187.10 126.12 240.76 144.03 294.43 159.44 348.09 173.05
27.56 31.53 81.22 76.51 134.89 104.97 188.55 126.64 242.21 144.48 295.88 159.82 349.54 173.39
29.01 33.21 82.67 77.43 136.34 105.62 190.00 127.17 243.66 144.93 297.33 160.21 350.99 173.75

210 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

30.46 34.86 84.12 78.33 137.79 106.29 191.45 127.69 245.11 145.36 298.78 160.59 352.44 174.09
31.91 36.46 85.57 79.21 139.24 106.93 192.90 128.21 246.56 145.81 300.23 160.99 353.89 174.43
33.36 38.03 87.02 80.10 140.69 107.56 194.35 128.73 248.01 146.25 301.68 161.37 355.34 174.78
34.81 39.56 88.47 80.96 142.14 108.21 195.80 129.24 249.46 146.68 303.13 161.74 356.79 175.12
36.26 41.05 89.92 81.82 143.59 108.84 197.25 129.74 250.92 147.11 304.58 162.14
37.71 42.51 91.37 82.69 145.04 109.47 198.70 130.26 252.37 147.54 306.03 162.52
39.16 43.95 92.82 83.52 146.49 110.08 200.15 130.77 253.82 147.97 307.48 162.90

Air exchange Sensor table Voltage - m3/h


There is an offset of 0.2V due to mechanical design. The air exchange must be properly calibrated
before measuring.
Voltage Air exchange Voltage Air exchange Voltage Air exchange Voltage Air exchange
[V] [m3/h] [V] [m3/h] [V] [m3/h] [V] [m3/h]
0.20 0 1.45 60 2.25 120 3.35 180
0.30 5 1.50 65 2.35 125 3.40 185
0.50 10 1.55 70 2.40 130 3.50 190
0.65 15 1.65 75 2.50 135 3.60 195
0.80 20 1.70 80 2.55 140 3.65 200
0.85 25 1.75 85 2.65 145 3.80 205
0.95 30 1.90 90 2.70 150 3.85 210
1.05 35 1.95 95 2.80 155 3.95 215
1.15 40 2.00 100 2.90 160 4.00 220
1.20 45 2.05 105 3.00 165
1.30 50 2.10 110 3.10 170
1.35 55 2.20 115 3.20 175

Relative Humidity Sensor table %RH - Voltage


Relative humidity [%] Voltage [V]
0 0
10 1
20 2
30 3
40 4
50 5
60 6
70 7
80 8
90 9
100 10

Voltage Pressure Table, Low pressure transmitter (AKS)


Vcc = 5V. Pressure is relative
Voltage Pressure Pressure Voltage Pressure Pressure
[V] [BarE] [Psi] [V] [BarE] [Psi]
0.50 -1.000 -14.50 2.55 5.663 82.13
0.55 -0.838 -12.15 2.60 5.825 84.48
0.60 -0.675 -9.79 2.65 5.988 86.85
0.65 -0.513 -7.44 2.70 6.150 89.20

211 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

0.70 -0.350 -5.08 2.75 6.313 91.56


0.75 -0.188 -2.73 2.80 6.475 93.91
0.80 -0.025 -0.36 2.85 6.638 96.28
0.85 0.138 2.00 2.90 6.800 98.63
0.90 0.300 4.35 2.95 6.963 100.99
0.95 0.463 6.72 3.00 7.125 103.34
1.00 0.625 9.06 3.05 7.288 105.70
1.05 0.788 11.43 3.10 7.450 108.05
1.10 0.950 13.78 3.15 7.613 110.42
1.15 1.113 16.14 3.20 7.775 112.77
1.20 1.275 18.49 3.25 7.938 115.13
1.25 1.438 20.86 3.30 8.100 117.48
1.30 1.600 23.21 3.35 8.263 119.84
1.35 1.763 25.57 3.40 8.425 122.19
1.40 1.925 27.92 3.45 8.588 124.56
1.45 2.088 30.28 3.50 8.750 126.91
1.50 2.250 32.63 3.55 8.913 129.27
1.55 2.413 35.00 3.60 9.075 131.62
1.60 2.575 37.35 3.65 9.238 133.99
1.65 2.738 39.71 3.70 9.400 136.34
1.70 2.900 42.06 3.75 9.563 138.70
1.75 3.063 44.43 3.80 9.725 141.05
1.80 3.225 46.77 3.85 9.888 143.41
1.85 3.388 49.14 3.90 10.050 145.76
1.90 3.550 51.49 3.95 10.213 148.13
1.95 3.713 53.85 4.00 10.375 150.48
2.00 3.875 56.20 4.05 10.538 152.84
2.05 4.038 58.57 4.10 10.700 155.19
2.10 4.200 60.92 4.15 10.863 157.55
2.15 4.363 63.28 4.20 11.025 159.90
2.20 4.525 65.63 4.25 11.188 162.27
2.25 4.688 67.99 4.30 11.350 164.62
2.30 4.850 70.34 4.35 11.513 166.98
2.35 5.013 72.71 4.40 11.675 169.33
2.40 5.175 75.06 4.45 11.838 171.70
2.45 5.338 77.42 4.50 12.000 174.05
2.50 5.500 79.77

Voltage Pressure Table, Low pressure transmitter (NSK)


Vcc = 5V. Pressure is relative
Voltage Pressure Pressure Voltage Pressure Pressure
[V] [BarE] [Psi] [V] [BarE] [Psi]
-0,69 -10,01 1,9 4,57 66,34
0,3 -0,65 -9,49 1,95 4,74 68,71
0,35 -0,49 -7,12 2 4,90 71,08
0,4 -0,33 -4,75 2,05 5,06 73,45

212 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

0,45 -0,16 -2,38 2,1 5,23 75,82


0,5 0,00 -0,01 2,15 5,39 78,19
0,55 0,16 2,36 2,2 5,55 80,56
0,6 0,33 4,73 2,25 5,72 82,93
0,65 0,49 7,10 2,3 5,88 85,30
0,7 0,65 9,47 2,35 6,04 87,67
0,75 0,82 11,84 2,4 6,21 90,04
0,8 0,98 14,21 2,45 6,37 92,41
0,85 1,14 16,58 2,5 6,53 94,78
0,9 1,31 18,95 2,55 6,70 97,15
0,95 1,47 21,32 2,6 6,86 99,52
1 1,63 23,69 2,65 7,02 101,89
1,05 1,80 26,06 2,7 7,19 104,26
1,1 1,96 28,43 2,75 7,35 106,63
1,15 2,12 30,80 2,8 7,51 109,00
1,2 2,29 33,17 2,85 7,68 111,37
1,25 2,45 35,54 2,9 7,84 113,74
1,3 2,61 37,91 2,95 8,00 116,11
1,35 2,78 40,28 3 8,17 118,48
1,4 2,94 42,65 3,05 8,33 120,85
1,45 3,10 45,02 3,1 8,49 123,22
1,5 3,27 47,39 3,15 8,66 125,59
1,55 3,43 49,76 3,2 8,82 127,96
1,6 3,59 52,13 3,25 8,98 130,33
1,65 3,76 54,50 3,3 9,15 132,70
1,7 3,92 56,87 3,35 9,31 135,07
1,75 4,08 59,24 3,4 9,47 137,44
1,8 4,25 61,61 3,45 9,64 139,81
1,85 4,41 63,97 3,5 9,80 142,18

Voltage Pressure Table, High pressure transmitter (AKS)


Vcc = 5V. Pressure is relative
Voltage Pressure Pressure Voltage Pressure Pressure
[V] [BarE] [Psi] [V] [BarE] [Psi]
0.50 0.00 0.00 2.55 16.40 237.86
0.55 0.40 5.80 2.60 16.80 243.66
0.60 0.80 11.60 2.65 17.20 249.46
0.65 1.20 17.40 2.70 17.60 255.27
0.70 1.60 23.21 2.75 18.00 261.07
0.75 2.00 29.01 2.80 18.40 266.87
0.80 2.40 34.81 2.85 18.80 272.67
0.85 2.80 40.61 2.90 19.20 278.47
0.90 3.20 46.41 2.95 19.60 284.27
0.95 3.60 52.21 3.00 20.00 290.08
1.00 4.00 58.02 3.05 20.40 295.88
1.05 4.40 63.82 3.10 20.80 301.68
1.10 4.80 69.62 3.15 21.20 307.48
1.15 5.20 75.42 3.20 21.60 313.28
1.20 5.60 81.22 3.25 22.00 319.08
1.25 6.00 87.02 3.30 22.40 324.88
1.30 6.40 92.82 3.35 22.80 330.69

213 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

1.35 6.80 98.63 3.40 23.20 336.49


1.40 7.20 104.43 3.45 23.60 342.29
1.45 7.60 110.23 3.50 24.00 348.09
1.50 8.00 116.03 3.55 24.40 353.89
1.55 8.40 121.83 3.60 24.80 359.69
1.60 8.80 127.63 3.65 25.20 365.50
1.65 9.20 133.43 3.70 25.60 371.30
1.70 9.60 139.24 3.75 26.00 377.10
1.75 10.00 145.04 3.80 26.40 382.90
1.80 10.40 150.84 3.85 26.80 388.70
1.85 10.80 156.64 3.90 27.20 394.50
1.90 11.20 162.44 3.95 27.60 400.30
1.95 11.60 168.24 4.00 28.00 406.11
2.00 12.00 174.05 4.05 28.40 411.91
2.05 12.40 179.85 4.10 28.80 417.71
2.10 12.80 185.65 4.15 29.20 423.51
2.15 13.20 191.45 4.20 29.60 429.31
2.20 13.60 197.25 4.25 30.00 435.11
2.25 14.00 203.05 4.30 30.40 440.91
2.30 14.40 208.85 4.35 30.80 446.72
2.35 14.80 214.66 4.40 31.20 452.52
2.40 15.20 220.46 4.45 31.60 458.32
2.45 15.60 226.26 4.50 32.00 464.12
2.50 16.00 232.06

Voltage Pressure Table, High pressure transmitter (NSK)


Vcc = 5V. Pressure is relative
Voltage Pressure Pressure Voltage Pressure Pressure
[V] [BarE] [Psi] [V] [BarE] [Psi]
0,5 0,00 0 2,05 15,50 224,874
0,55 0,50 7,254 2,1 16,00 232,128
0,6 1,00 14,508 2,15 16,50 239,382
0,65 1,50 21,762 2,2 17,00 246,636
0,7 2,00 29,016 2,25 17,50 253,89
0,75 2,50 36,27 2,3 18,00 261,144
0,8 3,00 43,524 2,35 18,50 268,398
0,85 3,50 50,778 2,4 19,00 275,652
0,9 4,00 58,032 2,45 19,50 282,906
0,95 4,50 65,286 2,5 20,00 290,16
1 5,00 72,54 2,55 20,50 297,414
1,05 5,50 79,794 2,6 21,00 304,668
1,1 6,00 87,048 2,65 21,50 311,922
1,15 6,50 94,302 2,7 22,00 319,176
1,2 7,00 101,556 2,75 22,50 326,43
1,25 7,50 108,81 2,8 23,00 333,684
1,3 8,00 116,064 2,85 23,50 340,938
1,35 8,50 123,318 2,9 24,00 348,192
1,4 9,00 130,572 2,95 24,50 355,446
1,45 9,50 137,826 3 25,00 362,7
1,5 10,00 145,08 3,05 25,50 369,954
1,55 10,50 152,334 3,1 26,00 377,208

214 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

1,6 11,00 159,588 3,15 26,50 384,462


1,65 11,50 166,842 3,2 27,00 391,716
1,7 12,00 174,096 3,25 27,50 398,97
1,75 12,50 181,35 3,3 28,00 406,224
1,8 13,00 188,604 3,35 28,50 413,478
1,85 13,50 195,858 3,4 29,00 420,732
1,9 14,00 203,112 3,45 29,50 427,986
1,95 14,50 210,366 3,5 30,00 435,24
2 15,00 217,62

Temperature Sensor - Voltage Table


Temperature sensors except for reference temperature sensor.
Vcc = 5V
Voltage Temp Temp Voltage Temp Temp Voltage Temp Temp
[V] [C] [F] [V] [C] [F] [V] [C] [F]
4.55 -40 -40.0 3.07 -9 15.8 1.29 22 71.6
4.52 -39 -38.2 3.00 -8 17.6 1.24 23 73.4
4.50 -38 -36.4 2.94 -7 19.4 1.20 24 75.2
4.47 -37 -34.6 2.87 -6 21.2 1.16 25 77.0
4.43 -36 -32.8 2.81 -5 23.0 1.12 26 78.8
4.40 -35 -31.0 2.74 -4 24.8 1.09 27 80.6
4.37 -34 -29.2 2.68 -3 26.6 1.05 28 82.4
4.33 -33 -27.4 2.62 -2 28.4 1.02 29 84.2
4.29 -32 -25.6 2.55 -1 30.2 0.98 30 86.0
4.25 -31 -23.8 2.49 0 32.0 0.95 31 87.8
4.21 -30 -22.0 2.42 1 33.8 0.92 32 89.6
4.17 -29 -20.2 2.36 2 35.6 0.88 33 91.4
4.13 -28 -18.4 2.30 3 37.4 0.86 34 93.2
4.08 -27 -16.6 2.24 4 39.2 0.83 35 95.0
4.04 -26 -14.8 2.17 5 41.0 0.80 36 96.8
3.99 -25 -13.0 2.11 6 42.8 0.77 37 98.6
3.94 -24 -11.2 2.05 7 44.6 0.74 38 100.4
3.89 -23 -9.4 2.00 8 46.4 0.72 39 102.2
3.84 -22 -7.6 1.94 9 48.2 0.69 40 104.0
3.78 -21 -5.8 1.88 10 50.0 0.67 41 105.8
3.73 -20 -4.0 1.83 11 51.8 0.65 42 107.6
3.67 -19 -2.2 1.77 12 53.6 0.63 43 109.4
3.62 -18 -0.4 1.72 13 55.4 0.60 44 111.2
3.56 -17 1.4 1.66 14 57.2 0.58 45 113.0
3.50 -16 3.2 1.61 15 59.0 0.56 46 114.8
3.44 -15 5.0 1.56 16 60.8 0.55 47 116.6
3.38 -14 6.8 1.51 17 62.6 0.53 48 118.4
3.32 -13 8.6 1.47 18 64.4 0.51 49 120.2
3.26 -12 10.4 1.42 19 66.2 0.49 50 122.0
3.19 -11 12.2 1.37 20 68.0
3.13 -10 14.0 1.33 21 69.8

215 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Tightening torques
Description Type Torque [Nm] 5%
General
Hex Head Bolt + Nut, M5 5,5
Hex Head Bolt + Nut, M6 9
Hex Head Bolt + Nut, M8 23
Hex Head Bolt + Nut, M10 47
Hex Socket Counters. Head Bolt, M6 9
Hex Socket Counters. Head Bolt, M8 23
Flare Nut , Brass 70
Schrder Valve, 1/8 24
Cable Gland, M12 Lock Nut 2
Cap Nut 1
Cable Gland, M16 Gland 5
Cap Nut 2
Cable Gland, M20 Gland 7
Lock Nut 4
Cap Nut 3
Cable Gland, M25 Lock Nut 6
Cap Nut 4
Cable Gland, M32 Lock Nut 8
Cap Nut 6
Fresh Air System
Air Exchange Potentiometer Slotted Cheese Head Screw, M3 1
Damper for Fresh Air Wing Screw, M6 5
FC
FC Mounting Slotted Cheese Head Screw, M6 9
FC Mounting Hex Lobular Socket Screw, M6 9
Compressor
Cylinder Head Hex Head, M10 70
Bearing Cover Hex Socket Counters. Head Bolt, M10 54
Oil Pump Cover Hex Head Bolt, M8 10
Sight Glass Hex Head 60
Terminal Plate Hex Socket Counters. Head Bolt, M6 14
Pressure Transmitter, AKS Hex Head 18
Pressure Transmitter, NSK Hex Head 14
High Pressure Switch Hex Head 14
Receiver
Water Inlet Coupling, Female 70
Water Outlet Coupling, Male Hex Head 70
Sight Glass Hex Head 60
Melt Fuse Hex Head 65
Air Release Valve Hex Head 65
Valves
Hot Gas Valve Special tool 80
Evaporator- and Economizer Valve Hex Head 45
Suction Gas Valve Hex Head Bolt, M10 54
Suction Gas Valve Flange Hex Socket Counters. Head Bolt, M10 50
Discharge- and Intermediate Valve Hex Head Bolt, M8 30
Evacuation Valve Hex Head 18
Unit Backside
Evaporator Cover Plate Hex Lobular Tapping Screw, 4.8 5

216 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Controller Unit Illustration

217 of 221 pages


P & I Diagram
36

35 1 Compressor
34 2 Frequency Converter
37 3 Discharge Pressure Transmitter (P dis)
35
4 High Pressure Switch
5 Discharge Service Valve
32 6 Evacuation Point
20 20 33 RH 7 Discharge Line
8 Condenser Fan
M M 9 Air Cooled Condenser
10 Liquid Line
21 1/2"
11a Air Release Valve (old model)
8 Liquid Charging Valve (new model)
11b
12 Fusible Plug
M 1/2"
19 22 13 Receiver / Water Cooled Condenser
14 Service Valve, Economizer
18 1/2" 15 Drying Filter
23 16 Electronical Expansion Valve, Economizer (V eco)
17 Economizer
3/4" Electronical Expansion Valve, Evaporator (Vexp)
18
10 Evaporator
19
9
24 24 20 Evaporator Fan

Item No. 810900B


21 Return Air Sensor (Tret)
218 of 221 pages

1/2"
22 Evaporator Temperature Sensor (Tevap)
25 23 Heating Elements
10
24 Supply Air Sensors (Tsup1 + Tsup2)
14 25 Suction Temperature Sensor (Tsuc)
1/2" 26 Suction Service Valve
3/4" 1/2" 7 27 Evacuation Point
15 1/2"
1 1/8" 11b 28 Suction Pressure Transmitter (Psuc)
29 * 17 29 Economizer Suction Temperature Sensor (Teco) *
11a 30 Economizer Suction Service Valve
3/4" 31 Intermediate Pressure Transmitter (Peco) *
1/2"
30 12 32 Hot Gas Valve (Vhg)
1/2" 33 Humidity Sensor (RH)
13 Water Inlet 34 Controller
Water Outlet 35 Communication Slot
31 *
P

36 Ambient Temperature Sensor (Tamb)


37 Plug for Cargo Temperature Sensor

Operating and service manual


16

FC 2 3 4
27 P PS 6
P 28
Refrigerant: R134a Motor
* Note: Please be advised that the sensors Peco and Teco can appear in this diagram
26 5
eventhoug they are out of use for Units with software ver. 0240 and forward.
1
Legend Low Pressure Stage High Pressure Stage Cu pipes according to EN 12735-1.
Suction Gas Line Pipe size Wall dim. in mm
Liquid Line 1/2" 0,8
Hot Gas Line 3/4" 0,9
Electrical Line 1 1/8" 1,02
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

Star Cool Unit, installation dimensions

219 of 221 pages


Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

220 of 221 pages


Overall Wiring Schematic
QS1
K8
Brown L1 [Black] L1 1 Mcpr
T1 L1 2 1 1 U
CTI 1
POWER IN AWG 14 L1 1 1 2 V
4 x 4mm2 Blue or Grey Main L2 [Black] L2 3 FC-pwr 3 W
T2 L2 2 2
Black
switch
L3 [Black] L3
4
(4 x 2.5mm2 / 3
L2 2 2
1 Z
X
M
T3 L3 5 3 3 2
6 3 4 x AWG 13) L3 3 Y
Outside Box Y/G 4
X41 PWR5 PWRMEAS PCB X40 Y/Gr Y/Gr
Inside Box F5 10A 5
L3 1 5
L3 [Black]

AWG 16 AWG 16
FC
F4 10A
L2 L2 [Black]
2 4 K1 X100
F3 10A 1 1 1
X51 (J3) X52 (J1) L1 L1 [Black] L1 2 1
3 3 FC-com
3 [Y/G] 3
1 1 GND 1 3 3 2
F2 0,4A

metering
metering
TR2 L2 4

Voltage
Current
J5
2 2 2 3
3 3
L3 F1 0,4A 5 5 2
4
1
RMM - York TR1 L3 6
1

AWG 18
J4
4 4 AWG 18
2
Power line L2 X42 K2

[Black]
[Black]
5 RX modem 5 10 1
1 1 1 1
J3 6 TX 6 L1 2
7 L1 T1
7 3 3
10 TRAFO Outside Box
L3 4
1
J2 X50 (J5) 1 5 5 Inside Box
RMM 0VAC
1 0VAC (GND) X34 2
L2 6
X36 X30
1 1 1 [Red] 1
2 1 1 3
J1 RMM 24VAC 2 2 [Red] 2 Hevap
3 24VAC 2 2 4
3
F6 6,3AT 3 [Red] 3 K3 Note: Heater element for Tray and
3 3 5 TRAFO T1 approx voltages X60
1 1 wires 13 and 14 are optional
4 24VAC 0VAC 4 [White] 4 Terminal 1-2 : 440V AC 2 2 2 1
4 4 6 1
Terminal 3-4 : 20V AC 3 1
York - RMM Slave [Y/G] 3 3 4 2 2
Terminal 5-6 : 24V AC 4 4 2
mk IV B, Rev. D X35 X35 4 3
Conn side view 4 3 5 4
[Red] RMM 24VAC 1 5 5 7 5
46 A 26 6 6 6 6 6
4 Hevap
[White] RMM 0VAC 2 FC-com 8 7
45 GND 25 6 9 8
1 3 5 11 (15 x 0,75mm2 / 9
74 RX B 24 Inside Box 2
(3 x 0,50mm2) 10 15 x AWG 18) 10
RMM-com 3 6 12 11

[Black]

[Black]

[Black]
75 GND Outside Box 13 12
2 1 RS232 7 13
Inside Box 76 TX LM front A 4
2 B 8 14 14
Outside Box 3 C Retriever plug Y/G Y/G
NOTES: Vexp 82 +24VDC D at front of unit K4
1) Please be advised the shown sensors Peco and Teco are Vexp V E 1 1
32 GND 1 2 1
out of use for units with software ver. 0240 and forward. RXD 27

Item No. 810900B


1 1 RS232
221 of 221 pages

Vhg 81 +24VDC 2 LM cargo A 3 3


Vhg V TXD 29 2 B
2 3 Retriever plug 4 2
31 GND 3 C
GND 28 D in container 5 5
Veco 80 +24VDC E 6 3 Mcond
[Black]

Veco V +24VDC 78 1 1
30 GND
GND 77 2 2
1 3 3
1 1
Inside Box Pdis 3
15 +5VDC
2
A A
USDA1 K5B
2
3
4
Mcond 4
5
4
5
M
Pdis P 16 SIGNAL B B

AWG 16
1 5 6 6
Controller Hatch 2 SIGNAL 51 Tusda1 27 6 (9 x 0,75mm2 /
17 GND 2 1 28
GND 1 A A 7 9 x AWG 18) 7 7
1 8 8 8
65 +5VDC 1 2 USDA2 37
SIGNAL 52 B B Y/GR Y/GR
Peco 3 Tusda2 38
Peco P 66 SIGNAL 2
2 GND 2 1
NOTE 1) 67 GND A A
1
SW5 SWITCH PCB X21 1 SIGNAL 53 Tusda3 2 USDA3 K5
24VAC

4 18 +5VDC 2 B B 1 1
0VAC

X20 4 Psuc 3 GND 3 2 4


1 3 Psuc P 19 SIGNAL 1 1
1 3 2 SIGNAL 54 Tcargo A A 3 3
2 2 20 GND 2 2 Cargo 4 5
2 2 2 GND 4 B B
1 21 +24VDC 5 5
1 Rh 3 Shp-1 6 6
Rh Rh 22 SIGNAL
Mevap 1
1 1 1
(ON/OFF switch at front of controller door) 23 GND High pressure switch
38 2 2
1 (Normally closed) 1 3 3
68 +5VDC
2
AirEx Air
AirEx 3
69 SIGNAL 39
Shp-1 Shp-2 3
4
Mevap1 4
5
4
5
M
2 Shp-2 5 6 6
70 GND 89
K6 6 (9 x 0,75mm2 /
55 SIGNAL 7 9 x AWG 18) 7 7
Tret K1 [Red] A1 1 1 8 8 8
Tret 42 2 1
5 K1 - CW Y/GR Y/GR
X5 RCCU5
GND A2
[Red] 1 3 3
1 Tsup1 56 SIGNAL K2 A1 4 2
[Red] 2
CONTROLLER Tsup1 92
[Red]
6 GND K2 - CCW
2 PCB A2 5 5
6 3 Mevap 2

Operating and service manual


Tevap 57 SIGNAL K3 [Red] A1
Tevap 90 1 1
X4 7 K3 - Hevap 2 2
+9V [Red] GND A2 1 3 3
GND 1
Battery 2
[Black]
2 Tsup2
Tsup2 58 SIGNAL
93 K4 [Red] A1
K4 - Mcond Low
K7B 3
4
Mevap2 4
5
4
5
M
8 GND A2 5 6 6
27 6 (9 x 0,75mm2 /
Tsuc 59 SIGNAL K5 [Red] A1 28
Tsuc 43 7 9 x AWG 18) 7 7
9 GND K5 - Mcond High 8 8 8
A2 37 Y/GR Y/GR
X6 60 SIGNAL
38
Tamb K6 [Red] A1
10 Tamb 94
LEDs LEDS 10 GND K6 - Mevap Low
A2 K7
61 SIGNAL K7 [Red] A1 1 1
44 2 4
11 GND K7 - Mevap High
A2
3 3
Teco 62 SIGNAL K8 [Red] A1 4 5
X7 Teco 40
12 GND K8 - FC
24 NOTE 1) K-GND [White] A2 5 5
95 6 6
LCD Display LCD DISPLAY
X1 X31 96

X1 INTF5
INTERFACE
PCB
X8 X2 X32
10 X2 Me2OH Mevap2 - 7
Keypad KEYPAD 87
Mevap2 - 8 RCCU5 8851560103
37
X3 X33 Me1OH
86
Mevap1 - 7
Overall Wiring Schematic
X3 Mevap1 - 8
36
McOH Mcond - 7
[Y/G] 85
Mcond - 8 Lodam electronics a/s
35
P/N: 5251560403 Rev: 1.63
Item No. 810900B Operating and service manual

lll#hiVgXdda#Y`

')"]djg]dia^cZhjeedgi
8VaajhVi )*,(+)(*%%dghZcYjhVcZ"bV^aVi
hZgk^XZ5hiVgXdda#Y`# Djg hZgk^XZ YZeVgibZci ^h
VkV^aVWaZ')]djghVYVn!,YVnhVlZZ`egdk^Y^c\
ZVhnVXXZhhidi]ZVchlZghndjcZZY#

Bgh`8dciV^cZg>cYjhig^6H
7_ZgcYgjekZ_),
+(+%I^c\aZk ###8ddaI]^c`^c\
9ZcbVg`
Ia[/ )*,(+)()%%
;Vm/ )*,(+)(*+.
lll#bX^XdciV^cZgh#Xdb

KZgh^dc-&%.%%7 8deng^\]i'%%,Bgh`8dciV^cZg>cYjhig^6H
March 2008

You might also like